ViewVC Help
View Directory | Revision Log | View Changeset | Root Listing
root/publicrep
Sticky Revision:
Sort logs by:
Revision 1230 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 22 13:40:30 2019 UTC (4 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added comments to PostgreSQLQueryResult::get_value_from_result():
 * in the future we can use single row mode:
 * https://www.postgresql.org/docs/10/libpq-single-row-mode.html
 *
 * or just cursors from database:
 * https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/sql-fetch.html



Revision 1229 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 23 16:09:19 2019 UTC (5 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
in ASin() and Gamma() there is used SetZeroNan() to suppress a warning about an uninitialized variable (for gcc)



Revision 1228 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 23 13:24:37 2019 UTC (5 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
removed: white characters from tests2/Makefile


Revision 1227 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 23 13:06:01 2019 UTC (5 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
updated tests2 output for big_64_64 (tests2/big_64_64.expected)


Revision 1226 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 23 12:38:22 2019 UTC (5 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: in Parser: there was an error returned when we parsed a string which at the end had a percentage operator e.g. "10+20%"


Revision 1225 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 19:14:08 2019 UTC (5 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added: some tests for Big<> and Parser<> classes (tests2 directory)



Revision 1224 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 9 21:00:20 2019 UTC (5 months, 4 weeks ago) by tomek
updated doxygen.cfg (clear config generated from 1.8.15 version)


Revision 1223 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 26 18:25:21 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep


Revision 1222 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 26 17:15:00 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: Finder didn't use ModelData structure when creating the select query
       ModelData structure was used only later in Cursor
fixed: in  Finder::select(PT::TextStream & out_stream, ModelConnector & model_connector) 
       and Finder::select(PT::TextStream & out_stream, ModelConnector * model_connector) 
       there was 'out_stream' parameter ignored



Revision 1221 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 26 12:23:07 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
creating branches/stable-2019-03-29 branch from revision 1181 from trunk


Revision 1220 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 25 17:21:12 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added some comments (what to do)


Revision 1219 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 25 16:25:44 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
Makefile deps


Revision 1218 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 25 16:25:20 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: FileLog::get_local_date we need to synchronize when using time_zones pointer
       (FileLog::get_local_date is used by Log::PrintDate() and Log of course can be used from different threads)


Revision 1217 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 25 16:20:37 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: in Model::remove(ModelData & model_data, bool remove_whole_tree) we didn't use remove_whole_tree parameter
fixed: compilation erorr when inserting/updating a Model object which has child lists without Model objects such as std::list<int>
added: to Model: methods insert, update, remove and save with one argument: bool save_whole_tree



Revision 1216 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 25 16:12:10 2019 UTC (6 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: in FileLog::save_log(): test whether synchro_lock() has returned true



Revision 1215 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 24 17:08:45 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: a parent key was not properly set to simple childs (insert statements)
fixed: a parent key was not set in list of childs (insert statements)



Revision 1214 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 24 11:09:11 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added support for UPDATE, INSERT and REMOVE for lists childs
(need some testing)



Revision 1213 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 18 15:55:42 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
removed: doc functionality (generating documentation from a model)
         we can use our own class (based on FlatConnector and FlatExpression) to generate documentation



Revision 1212 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 18 15:28:06 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
refactoring: ModelEnv::model_connector_mode renamed to model_work_mode
             ModelEnv::model_connector_submode renamed to model_work_submode
             and similarly macros MORM_MODEL_CONNECTOR_MODE.* -> MORM_MODEL_WORK_MODE_*
	     MORM_MODEL_CONNECTOR_SUBMODE.* -> MORM_MODEL_WORK_SUBMODE_*


Revision 1211 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 18 14:36:13 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
rafactoring in Model class (in field_generic and field_model methods)
added: ModelEnv::model_connector_submode (used in iterating through childs)



Revision 1210 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 18 12:29:20 2019 UTC (6 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: in 'left join' statements there were not table indices used
added: now we set flag save_mode = DO_NOTHING_ON_SAVE for objects for which
       all fields from a database result set are null


Revision 1209 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 17 17:55:39 2019 UTC (6 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: get_value_by_field_name() is able to correctly take values when 
       we do not use auto generated 'select' and when we are using prefixes for columns


Revision 1208 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 13 18:17:02 2019 UTC (6 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added:   to Model::to_text() methods added dump_mode (bool) parameter
         an additional field (model_save_mode) is printed
changed: if there is no an object the Cursor returns a Model with DO_NOTHING_ON_SAVE flag now
         (DO_INSERT_ON_SAVE was beforehand)
fixed:   when reading a result from db: for auto generated select there should be used
         get_value_by_field_index() method instead of get_value_by_field_name() 
changed: flat string (json) is generated only if a model has DO_INSERT_ON_SAVE
         or DO_UPDATE_ON_SAVE or is dump_mode turn on
         



Revision 1207 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 11 18:16:22 2019 UTC (6 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: SetFieldValueHelper -> FieldValueHelper
         it's a much simpler structure now
removed: FieldValueBase and FieldValueContainer



Revision 1206 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 5 16:32:35 2019 UTC (7 months ago) by tomek
added support in Model for removing the whole tree
(without lists/vectors at the moment yet)



Revision 1205 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 4 16:02:18 2019 UTC (7 months ago) by tomek
now Model.update() and Model.insert() can update/insert the whole tree with child models
(at the moment without lists/vectors only model childs)


Revision 1204 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 22 18:33:35 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: to Model: virtual void set_parent_key_in_childs()
       for setting a parent key id in child models,
       it is called after after_insert() method
added: SetFieldValueHelper class used for storing primary key values from a parent model



Revision 1203 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 21 17:42:50 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
start adding support for inserting child models



Revision 1202 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 21 15:59:03 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added 'samples' directory for samples and tests


Revision 1201 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 21 12:15:55 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: update/insert for child models generated an incorrect query (blocked for a while)


Revision 1200 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 20 15:49:37 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: in Model::generate_insert_query there was not ModelEnv set (was a null pointer)
       similarly in generate_update_query and generate_remove_query
added: support std::vector<> in Model::field() methods
added: serializing std::vector and std::list for non-model classes in BaseExpression



Revision 1199 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 20 12:24:22 2019 UTC (7 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
Makefiles deps


Revision 1198 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 31 07:21:10 2019 UTC (8 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
updated CHANGELOG



Revision 1197 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 31 07:14:21 2019 UTC (8 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: cannot compile on MS Windows when compiling with GCC (Mingw) for 64 bit platform:
       incorrect size of ttmath::uint and ::sint were used
       they were 'long' but 'long' is a 32bit type on Windows



Revision 1196 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 20 18:04:37 2019 UTC (8 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
merge from branches/join_models
(added possibility to fetch Model objects when they are used as a field in a Model class)



Revision 1195 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 17 10:59:39 2019 UTC (9 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: in cursor in add_models_to_list(): added_model.model_env should be set after added_model.clear()
fixed: when generating: insert, update or remove statements we have used prefixes for columns
       but the table name was not set in ModelEnv (now we do not use prefixes in such statements)
changed: log_queries field moved from PostgreSQLConnector to DbConnector




Revision 1194 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 31 18:28:09 2019 UTC (10 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added BaseExpression::is_long_field_name()
added BaseExpression::need_to_add_field_prefix()
      now the fields() methods don't take add_column_prefix parameter
      but the field_name (wchar_t*) is tested whether is it a long (with a period) or short name
added BaseExpression::save_foreign_key() (code moved from field())
removed some default method arguments from BaseExpression
added neq() method for Finder
added DbExpression::prepare_short_table_name(const PT::TextStream & table_name, PT::TextStream & short_table_name)



Revision 1193 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 21 17:24:12 2019 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
- removed prefix() method from Finder
  (this was for a custom prefix)
- removed column_prefix and column_prefix_index from BaseExpression
  now we have a pointer to ModelEnv passed in field() method
- to ModelEnv: added table_name, table_name_simple and table_index




Revision 1192 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 21 15:51:13 2019 UTC (10 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in branches/join_models
- added FinderHelper class - used as a global object for the whole model tree in Finder
  (some fields moved from ModelData)
- added CursorHelper class - used as a global object for the whole model tree in Cursor
  (some fields moved from ModelData)






Revision 1191 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 13 17:59:28 2019 UTC (10 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in branches/join_models
added: ModelEnv class - now Model has a pointer to ModelEnv
       and ModelEnv has a pointer to ModelData, model_connector_mode, table_index and doc_field_pointer
       


Revision 1190 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 13 03:12:31 2019 UTC (10 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in branches/join_models



Revision 1189 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 11 16:14:04 2019 UTC (11 months, 4 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: a crash in Big::Add() (buffer overflow)
       there was an offset calculated from Int type by using Abs() method and a carry was not checked
       (if there is a carry we should not make addition -- the argument is too small)
       this had no impact on calculated values because there was a crash (bus error) immediately

       following program could crash (64bit):
       typedef ttmath::Big<1, 8> MyBig;
       ttmath::Parser<MyBig> parser;
       parser.Parse("2^(2^63) + 1");


fixed: similar problems were in methods Big::BitAnd() Big::BitOr() and Big::BitXor() (bitwise operations)
       and they could return incorrect values


Revision 1188 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 31 20:21:12 2019 UTC (12 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: generating a correct table names with indices for JOIN statements and column prefixes



Revision 1187 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 26 20:35:05 2019 UTC (12 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
some work: we need a different way of naming tables for joins


Revision 1186 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 26 18:34:07 2019 UTC (12 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: support for generating LEFT JOIN statement in Finder
       (the primary key should consist of only one column at the moment)


Revision 1185 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 26 18:22:21 2019 UTC (12 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
creating branch branches/join_models


Revision 1184 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 26 18:21:05 2019 UTC (12 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
creating morm/branches directory



Revision 1183 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 25 00:51:51 2019 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: if there is no body we do not parse application/json to space


Revision 1182 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 19 18:08:09 2019 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: permissions to symlinks and directories with redirect flag were incorrectly checked
       (there was no session set and the request was treated the same as from a not logged user)
fixed: in BaseThread there was used 'log' in the main thread (this logger is only for the other thread)
added: in BaseThread we have a main_log now - logger which puts to the main log buffer from the main thread



Revision 1181 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 19 17:54:33 2019 UTC (12 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
used PT::Log::logsave in postgresqlconnector in some places



Revision 1180 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 14 13:46:40 2019 UTC (12 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
seo plugin: added calling WINIX_FILE_CHANGED


Revision 1179 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 14 13:33:40 2019 UTC (12 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added: a new plugin: seo
new winix function: "seo", it allowes to edit subject, description and keywords for a page
description and keywords are stored in meta


Revision 1178 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 14 13:31:35 2019 UTC (12 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: templates/item.cpp to use last_item instead of item


Revision 1177 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 8 18:32:58 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
fixed in Finder: in select(ModelConnector & model_connector) there was not an out_stream set



Revision 1176 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 7 18:02:52 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep


Revision 1175 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 7 18:02:29 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
changed: ModelData moved outside Model
added:   using ModelData in BaseExpression so Model::to_text() functions can use a ModelData object now




Revision 1174 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 6 18:20:46 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
src/Makefile.dep


Revision 1173 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 6 18:20:12 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
src/Makefile.dep


Revision 1172 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 6 18:19:29 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep


Revision 1171 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 6 11:53:28 2019 UTC (13 months ago) by tomek
merge from branch 0.7.x:
- initial support for morm
- added: WinixBase, WinixModel, WinixSystem, WinixRequest
- logger moved to pikotools



Revision 1170 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 19 13:08:07 2019 UTC (13 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
in spacetojson: if there is only one item then do not put it in the table



Revision 1169 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 19 10:36:20 2019 UTC (13 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
- json_generic_serializer was not set when there was a redirect
- if there is a redirect and the json return answer is requested
  then we send 'redirect_to' field in 'info' space



Revision 1168 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 31 20:56:40 2019 UTC (14 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: to Date: support for parsing timezone offsets


Revision 1167 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 28 18:06:18 2019 UTC (14 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: to Log: IntMinWidth(size_t min_width)
       minimal width for integers
added: to Log: operator<<(long long s)
added: to TextStreamBase:
       operator<<(long long);
       operator<<(unsigned long long);
       int_min_width(size_t min_width); // minimal width for integers
                          


Revision 1166 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 11 19:09:43 2019 UTC (14 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep


Revision 1165 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 7 04:33:31 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep


Revision 1164 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 7 03:32:17 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
added to Locale:
const std::wstring & GetReplace(const wchar_t * key, Types ... types)
key is a string pattern which has %0, %1 parameters which will be replaced with 'types'



Revision 1163 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 7 03:29:34 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
added to convert: PatternReplacer
for replacing parameters in patterns e.g. Replace("param %0", "first param")



Revision 1162 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 2 11:33:19 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
fixed: crash in thread plugin
ThreadInfo was not correctly initialized (plugin pointer was null)
added to PluginInfo: set_dependency_for(WinixModel * winix_model)



Revision 1161 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 2 09:12:42 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep



Revision 1160 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 2 04:36:24 2019 UTC (15 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Templates: TemplatesFunctions::plugin was not set


Revision 1159 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 7 05:06:34 2018 UTC (16 months ago) by tomek
added: AES: encoding/decoding CBC mode with PKCS7 padding
added: base32 encoding/decoding



Revision 1158 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 24 17:09:48 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
Makefile dep



Revision 1157 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 24 17:09:25 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed in utf8: functions taking WTextStream now take a template TextStreamBase



Revision 1156 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 24 13:30:45 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added to utf8:
bool UTF8ToWide(const char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, WTextStream & res, bool clear = true, int mode = 1);
bool UTF8ToWide(const char * utf8,                  WTextStream & res, bool clear = true, int mode = 1);
bool UTF8ToWide(const std::string & utf8,           WTextStream & res, bool clear = true, int mode = 1);
bool UTF8ToWide(std::istream & utf8,                WTextStream & res, bool clear = true, int mode = 1);

void WideToUTF8(PT::WTextStream & buffer,                       std::string & utf8,  bool clear = true, int mode = 1);
void WideToUTF8(PT::WTextStream & buffer,                       std::ostream & utf8, int mode = 1);

these functions need some testing yet



Revision 1155 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 24 10:47:13 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: FileLog didn't save an utf8 sequence


Revision 1154 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 18:34:01 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: class Cur -> struct Cur in plugin.h




Revision 1153 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 18:33:17 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: PatternParser now uses Log from pikotools



Revision 1152 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 18:28:15 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
Makefiles: added path to morm/src to -I flags 


Revision 1151 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 17:53:43 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
updated to the new pikotools api - we have a logger for morm and ezc
pikotools has now Log and FileLog classes
which are base classes for winix Log and FileLog classes



Revision 1150 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 17:13:50 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
updated to the new pikotools api
(Logger -> Log)



Revision 1149 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 23 17:07:52 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed in logger:
renamed Logger -> Log
        this class has an api (<< operators) for taking what should be put to the log file
        as the buffer is used WTextStream which should be allocated elsewhere
added:  FileLog - this class saves to a file log




Revision 1148 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 21 22:53:24 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in the new api:
- log_level and save_each_line moved from Log to FileLog
- other fixes in loggers
- DirContainer from Dirs and LoadAvg had no dependencies set



Revision 1147 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 21 17:51:15 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
some work on dependency injection


Revision 1146 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 21 11:03:53 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
start working on 0.7.x branch
- added FileLog which stores content to the file log
- now Log is only a wrapper - it puts messages to the local buffer and when logsave is used then the buffer is put to FileLog
- new base classes:
  WinixBase (Log, Config*, Synchro*)
  WinixModel : public WinixBase (morm::ModelConnector*, Plugin*)
  WinixSystem : public WinixModel (System*)
  WinixRequest : public WinixSystem (SLog, Cur*)
- singletons: log, slog, plugin are depracated - now references to them are in base classses (WinixBase, WinixModel)
- DbBase,  DbConn and Db are depracated - now we are using Morm project (in WinixModel there is a model_connector pointer)
  each thread will have its own ModelConnector




Revision 1145 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 21 10:50:34 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
creating branch 0.7.x


Revision 1144 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 21 10:49:08 2018 UTC (16 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
create branches directory


Revision 1143 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 15 17:01:40 2018 UTC (16 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
updated: html files for jquery-file-upload


Revision 1142 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 15 08:50:10 2018 UTC (16 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: testing result status in do_query() in PostgreSQLConnector
renamed: some fields in QueryResult and PostgreSQLQueryResult



Revision 1141 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 14 17:15:03 2018 UTC (16 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
changed Makefile.dep


Revision 1140 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 14 17:14:26 2018 UTC (16 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added Cursor class


Revision 1139 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 1 21:52:33 2018 UTC (17 months ago) by tomek
fixed: program_mode was not set in cctor
fixed: container was not correctly parsed (in template mode)



Revision 1138 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 1 00:46:44 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
using PT::IsSubString* methods from pikotools



Revision 1137 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 30 21:04:06 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
some work in the parser and refactoring
added a new math operator: assign
now we can assign a value to a variable (not finished yet)



Revision 1136 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 30 20:59:17 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
some work on a 'program mode'



Revision 1135 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 29 23:51:11 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
removed some IsSubstring* functions
(they are in Pikotools in text/convert.h now)


Revision 1134 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 29 23:50:10 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
start working on a 'program mode'
a new syntax for simple scripting


Revision 1133 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 29 23:47:23 2018 UTC (17 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added to convert/text.h:
bool IsSubStringp(const StringType1 * short_str, const StringType2 * long_str);
bool IsSubString(const StringType1 * short_str, const StringType2 * long_str);
bool IsSubString(const StringType1 & short_str, const StringType2 & long_str);
bool IsSubStringNoCasep(const StringType1 * short_str, const StringType2 * long_str);
bool IsSubStringNoCase(const StringType1 * short_str, const StringType2 * long_str);
bool IsSubStringNoCase(const StringType1 & short_str, const StringType2 & long_str);
(moved from winix)




Revision 1132 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 24 16:31:42 2018 UTC (17 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added to HTMLFilter:
- possibility to remove html entities
  method: SkipEntity(bool)



Revision 1131 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 24 16:28:19 2018 UTC (17 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: in Finder: we should set model_data to nullptr after fetching an object
       model_data points often to a local object (on the stack) so it would be incorrect
       to use it in the future


Revision 1130 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 24 16:25:47 2018 UTC (17 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: to convert/text.h:
       int CompareNoCase(const StringType1 * str1_begin, const StringType1 * str1_end, const StringType2 * str2)


Revision 1129 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 23 23:28:45 2018 UTC (17 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added to HTMLFilter:
- now we can parse " and ' in html attributes
- we can skip html tags and commentaries, added method:
  void SkipAllTags(bool skip_all_tags, bool skip_commentaries);
- there is virtual method: virtual void ItemFound();
  which is called when a html tag is parsed



Revision 1128 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 23 21:00:36 2018 UTC (17 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
backend winix
dodanie opisu strefy czasowej dla Warszawy na 2018 rok



Revision 1127 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 4 13:41:07 2018 UTC (18 months ago) by tomek
added to convert/text.h:
bool EqualNoCasep(const StringType1 * str1, const StringType2 * str)
int CompareNoCasep(const StringType1 * str1, const StringType2 * str2)



Revision 1126 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 19 21:24:23 2018 UTC (18 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: when parsing date skip 'Z' character if exists (iso format)


Revision 1125 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 11 17:37:35 2018 UTC (19 months, 4 weeks ago) by tomek
added: CompareNoCase() to convert/text.h



Revision 1124 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 22:36:04 2018 UTC (20 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
start working on generating documentation from a model


Revision 1123 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 5 11:15:42 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
Makefile.dep



Revision 1122 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 5 11:15:16 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
added: a new class Clearer with clear_value() methods moved from DbConnector


Revision 1121 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 5 09:51:26 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
Model and BaseExpression: changed the template taking a container to std::list


Revision 1120 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 4 13:52:40 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
removed: set_connector_for_childs from ModelConnector
changed: model connector is propagated to childs when needed
         (when update, insert, save, to_text is called or in finder)



Revision 1119 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 4 11:34:49 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
changed: some methods from ModelConnector moved to Model



Revision 1118 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 3 16:55:06 2018 UTC (21 months ago) by tomek
some work in morm
now in Model we have field() methods for other Model or std::list<Model>
(code not tested)



Revision 1117 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 2 12:02:19 2018 UTC (21 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: a default winix function was selected before the mount point was calculated
       also a mount point should be cleared (set to an empty mount point) at the
       end of a request



Revision 1116 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 2 11:16:36 2018 UTC (21 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: antispam mechanism
each html form has a hidden form_id and counter_id
counter_id on the client side is generated through javascript code
on the server the form_id and counter_id is stored in the session
after sending the html form the server checks the form_id and counter_id



Revision 1115 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 20 15:00:02 2018 UTC (21 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed the algorithm how sessions work:
- if the IP is banned or there is no a winix function then we set a temporary session
- else
  if there is a session's cookie sent by the client then:
   - if the cookie is a correct session's cookie then we set the session from the cookie
   - or if the cookie is not a correct session's cookie (e.g. session expired) and the winix function
     requires a cookie then we set a new session
   - or if there is no cookie sent then if a winix function requires a session we create a new session

  if there was an error creating a new session or event counters reach a ban limit then a temporary session will be used




Revision 1114 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 19 13:52:08 2018 UTC (21 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: now we are parsing directories and functions before checking a session
added:   need_session to FunctionBase (true if the functions requires a session)
         default: true
         


Revision 1113 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 25 17:23:01 2018 UTC (22 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile.o.dep



Revision 1112 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 25 17:22:12 2018 UTC (22 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: using PT::ToLower instead of ToSmall
         using PT::ToUpper instead of ToCapital
         using PT::EqualNoCase instead of EqualNoCase
         


Revision 1111 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 25 17:12:28 2018 UTC (22 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: to convert/text
       wchar_t ToLower(wchar_t c)
       wchar_t ToUpper(wchar_t c)
       void ToLower(std::wstring & s)
       void ToUpper(std::wstring & s)
       
       template<class StringType1, class StringType2>
       bool EqualNoCase(const StringType1 * str1, const StringType2 * str2)

       template<class StringType1, class StringType2>
       bool EqualNoCase(const StringType1 & str1, const StringType2 & str2)

       template<class StringType1, class StringType2>
       bool EqualNoCase(const StringType1 * str1_begin, const StringType1 * str1_end, const StringType2 * str2)

added: to space:
       Value * GetValueNoCase(const wchar_t * name);
       Value * GetValueNoCase(const std::wstring & name);
       const Value * GetValueNoCase(const wchar_t * name) const;
       const Value * GetValueNoCase(const std::wstring & name) const;

       
       


Revision 1110 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 10 17:25:04 2018 UTC (22 months, 4 weeks ago) by tomek
Makefile.o.dep



Revision 1109 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 10 17:21:39 2018 UTC (22 months, 4 weeks ago) by tomek
some work on integrating ckeditor4
added ezc blocks: ckeditor_old_browsers_support, ckeditor, ckeditor_small
defined in ckeditor.html


Revision 1108 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 9 22:48:14 2018 UTC (23 months ago) by tomek
added: start integrating CKEditor4



Revision 1107 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 2 12:55:00 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
changed: don't use column prefix in add_field_for_select()


Revision 1106 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 1 23:22:32 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: Finder::prefix() method
       code not thoroughly tested


Revision 1105 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 1 11:22:55 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
changed: config parameters: log_check_proxy_ip_header -> check_proxy_ip_header and log_proxy_ip_header -> proxy_ip_header
added: Request::ip_str (std::wstring) (string of the client's IP address)


Revision 1104 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 1 10:43:20 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: config parameters:
       bool log_check_proxy_ip_header;
       // check whether there is a 'log_proxy_ip_header' header
       // and if so then log the IP address from it
       // default: false

       std::wstring log_proxy_ip_header;
       // proxy header representing the real IP address of a client
       // default: X-Real-IP




Revision 1103 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 26 18:58:31 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: field_model() method to Model




Revision 1102 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 26 18:56:31 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
added: Request::post_in (PT::Space) for input when application/json content type is used
       from the client



Revision 1101 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 26 16:36:15 2018 UTC (23 months, 1 week ago) by tomek
fixed: JSONToSpaceParser incorrectly read the last character from an UTF8 string (a last character before terminating zero char)
       it caused a syntax error when parsing


Revision 1100 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 25 19:48:47 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: Request::header_in (Space) http input headers (without cookies)
added: config parameter: log_env_http_variables (bool) (for logging http headers)
added: support for DELETE http method, added method FunctionBase::MakeDelete()
changed: winix version incremented to 0.6.6



Revision 1099 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 25 09:37:56 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added config parameter: db_postgresql_smaller_than_10
default false
if true then we are not using ROW() statements in sql queries



Revision 1098 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 23 19:02:38 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
fixed: finder.get() didn't check whether the resultset had exactly one item



Revision 1097 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 23 15:46:21 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added support for PT::Logger to DbConnector and PostgreSQLConnector


Revision 1096 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 23 14:29:58 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile (added Logger from pikotools)


Revision 1095 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 23 14:28:22 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: Logger


Revision 1094 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 21:26:56 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: std::wstring * Request::ParamValuep(const wchar_t * param_name)
       for taking a pointer (can be null) to a parameter value
added: bool System::IsSSLRequired(bool try_to_use_ssl)
       returns true if we should use ssl
       try_to_use_ssl is to be meant: config->use_ssl, config->use_ssl_static, config->use_ssl_common
       


Revision 1093 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 21:22:55 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: Toa() for long long, int, short and unsigned as well
fixed: when serializing Date the year has at least 4 digits
       e.g. 0001 when the year is equal to one



Revision 1092 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 21:04:50 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: Model::ModelData base class to use with Finder, Model.update(), Model.insert() and Model.remove()
added: Model.add_field_for_select() method 



Revision 1091 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 01:26:46 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added:
removing objects
saving objects (either insert or update or remove)




Revision 1090 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 20 09:41:41 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
PT::Date is serializing in the form YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ (eg: 1990-02-12T13:05:39Z) to JSON



Revision 1089 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 20 09:33:53 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: method Date::SerializeISO(Stream & out)
       outputs to the given stream: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ, eg: 1990-02-12T13:05:39Z
added: parsing date in a format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS ('T' letter given)



Revision 1088 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 19 15:21:51 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
added: Model::get_connector_mode() method


Revision 1087 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 19 11:37:10 2018 UTC (23 months, 2 weeks ago) by tomek
poprawka: get_value() z postgresqlconnector zamienione na get_value_from_result()
w klasie bazowej mamy virtualne get_value() z innymi parametrami
(ostrzeżenie kompilatora)



Revision 1086 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 18 17:52:09 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added support for 'in()' statement in 'select'


Revision 1085 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 18 10:22:01 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added: QueryResult stack to PostgreSQLConnector
       this allowes us to call query() recursively (from after_select() callback)


Revision 1084 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 17 16:01:14 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
temporarily changed the way how PT::Date is escaped


Revision 1083 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 16 22:55:58 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in Space
- default value returned from TextRef()


Revision 1082 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 16 22:51:14 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
temporarily commented 'current_nested_level' in JSONtoSpaceParser


Revision 1081 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 16 22:46:25 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in morm
- support for fetching rows from db
- support for inserting/updating rows


Revision 1080 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 16 22:44:59 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
added: a virtual dctor() for BaseThread class


Revision 1079 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 15 23:00:17 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
some work in morm (select statement)



Revision 1078 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 12 16:05:14 2018 UTC (23 months, 3 weeks ago) by tomek
changed: esc() function for bool uses now 'true' and 'false' strings
added:  esc() for PT::Date



Revision 1077 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 30 19:34:45 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
some work for SELECT statement


Revision 1076 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 23 19:27:32 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
changed: makefile dep



Revision 1075 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 23 19:26:57 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
reorganizing class hierarchy


Revision 1074 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 13 22:34:59 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
added: dependency on the morm project


Revision 1073 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 13 22:24:06 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
set svn:ignore to eclipse files


Revision 1072 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 13 22:22:17 2018 UTC (2 years ago) by tomek
start creating a new project: Micro ORM


Revision 1071 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 6 18:12:53 2018 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new Pikotools API



Revision 1070 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 5 20:03:11 2018 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added:   to methods Toull(), Toll(), Toul(), Toui(), Tol(), Toi()
         a new parameter: bool allow_skip_whitechars default true
added:   new methods: Toull_b(), Toll_b(), Toul_b(), Toui_b(), Tol_b(), Toi_b()
         automatically detects the base (radix):
           4323 - base 10
           0122 - base 8  (string starts with 0)
           #fff - base 16 (string starts with #)
           &101 - base 2  (string starts with &)
added:   CharType * SkipWhiteFromBack(CharType * str, bool check_additional_chars = true, bool treat_new_line_as_white = true)
         skipping white characters from the end of a string
changed: Toll_b(), Toull_b(), Tol_b() and Toul_b() are used in Space now
         for methods ToInt() etc so we are able to use a different base now
changed: some work in Space (const correctness)
       



Revision 1069 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 1 00:14:02 2018 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: "assume_connection_is_through_ssl" config parameter
       winix is testing an environment variable "HTTPS" for the value "on"
       to think that the connection is made via SSL
       you can set assume_connection_is_through_ssl to true for the winix
       to not testing any environment variables but just think the connection
       was made by https (useful when using proxy)
       default: false



Revision 1068 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 1 00:12:33 2018 UTC (2 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in progresql 10 we have to use ROW() expression to construct
       a row where only one item is given


Revision 1067 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 7 11:35:12 2017 UTC (2 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
some work in Space API:
added: new GetValue() implementation
       Value * GetValue(const wchar_t * name)
       Value * GetValue(const std::wstring & name)
       const Value * GetValue(const wchar_t * name) const
       const Value * GetValue(const std::wstring & name) const
added: const correctness for Text() and TextA() methods
       std::wstring Text(...) const;
       std::string TextA(...) const;
added: TextA() with a wide second argument
       std::string TextA(const wchar_t * name, const wchar_t * def) const;
       std::string TextA(const std::wstring & name, const wchar_t * def) const;
       std::string TextA(const std::wstring & name, const std::wstring & def) const;
       



Revision 1066 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 5 16:32:21 2017 UTC (2 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: functions for dealing with white characters:
       bool IsWhite(wchar_t c, bool check_additional_chars, bool treat_new_line_as_white) (checking unicode white characters too)
       CharType * SkipWhite(CharType * str, bool check_additional_chars = true, bool treat_new_line_as_white = true)
       IsDigit(wchar_t c, int base, int * digit)

added: functions to converting from a string to an integer:
       unsigned long long Toull(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)
       long long Toll(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)
       unsigned long Toul(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)
       unsigned int  Toui(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)
       long          Tol(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)
       int           Toi(const CharType * str, int base = 10, const CharType ** after_str = 0, bool * was_overflow = 0)

changed: some work in Space (new Api)       
       now Text() methods returns std::wstring by value (before they were returned by reference)
       added std::wstring & TextRef() methods
       added unsigned int UInt(), unsigned long ULong() and LongLong() and ULongLong()
       GetValue() renamed to GetFirstValue()
       AText() renamed to TextA() and they return std::string by value now
       


Revision 1065 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 27 16:51:55 2017 UTC (2 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
start changing the Space API
removed table_single from Space


Revision 1064 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 9 10:09:28 2017 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: last packet from a file was not sent to the browser


Revision 1063 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 7 22:56:44 2017 UTC (2 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
start adding support for sending files


Revision 1062 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 31 17:58:59 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed: compiler settings in Makefile



Revision 1061 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 31 17:53:03 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed svn:ignore attributes


Revision 1060 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 31 17:48:34 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
importing phptextchanger
a tool for converting php serialized strings in a mysql dump



Revision 1059 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 17 10:12:41 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
fixed: when connection header is set to keep-alive we should respond 'Connection: keep-alive' too


Revision 1058 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 17 09:02:52 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
fixed: method Client::PrepareToNewRequest() should not set close_connection flag to false


Revision 1057 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 13 20:27:45 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
start adding support for HTTP 1.0 (keep connection)



Revision 1056 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 13 09:58:21 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
some code from Parser moved to HeadersParser and to string_functions


Revision 1055 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 13 08:55:51 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
the code was split from main.cpp to: client.h client.cpp server.h server.cpp



Revision 1054 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 17:28:38 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed: commentaries to be more doxygen friendly



Revision 1053 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 17:13:37 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed: commentaries to be more doxygen friendly
changed: put block characters {...} is some places


Revision 1052 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 15:18:16 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
added: makerelease.sh script to generate the source package tarball


Revision 1051 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 14:51:21 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
- changed info in headers in source files: (new) BSD licence -> 3-Clause BSD Licence
- added svn:ignore in some places



Revision 1050 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 12:35:50 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed: some return values has been cleaned in ttmathuint.h
         (eclipse builtin parser reported errors but actually the code was correct)


Revision 1049 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 12 12:34:01 2017 UTC (3 years ago) by tomek
changed: in Parser: the last commit has been changed to:
         oper.erase(oper.begin() + oper.size() - 1)
	 because oper.pop_back() is available from c++11 


Revision 1048 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 1 13:36:29 2017 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
- importing: lib scorpio http server
  start working on a http server


Revision 1047 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 8 09:02:52 2017 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: in Parser: oper.erase( --oper.end() ) changed to oper.pop_back()
         to allow use of the STL port
         (reported on the ttmath forum by Sebo)


Revision 1046 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 8 08:42:02 2017 UTC (3 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: in Object::GetValueAndParam() there was value.empty() used instead of value.clear()


Revision 1045 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 7 20:42:43 2017 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: changed code in some places to remove warnings generated by Visual Studio
added:   file win64_assemble.bat to compile (assemble) *.asm file for Win64


Revision 1044 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 7 14:24:58 2017 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated: CHANGELOG, COPYRIGHT, doxygen.cfg
added:   directory 'res' with logos
added:   empty directory 'doc'



Revision 1043 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 7 14:19:59 2017 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: get rid of some warnings generated by gcc and clang


Revision 1042 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 6 02:13:05 2017 UTC (3 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in x86_64 asm code (for Win64) there were in some places the esp register used,
       there should be rsp used instead
       (reported by Villi on the tttmath forum)


Revision 1041 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 25 13:11:33 2016 UTC (3 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed: in PatternParser: the way how nested ezc funcions are parsed
         now we can have: [fun] [[fun]] or even [[[fun]]]
         also when using keywords: [if fun] [if [fun]] or [if [[[[fun]]]]]



Revision 1040 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 13 13:13:56 2016 UTC (3 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: static files loaded to /var such as /var/ckeditor_winix.js were not properly returned
       (html filter was used but they are mostly javascript files)
added: new Item::ContentType: ct_other
       if an item has ct_other then the html filter is not used for the content




Revision 1039 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 4 16:02:36 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: the way how raw template is set
         option for setting raw template from 'emacs' function has been removed
         now we have index_raw.html template and it can be set from 'template' function
removed: template index_fullscreen.html
changed: some work in miscspace (changed: space_list_tab, space_list_tab_value and space_list_tab_has_next)
fixed:   main index template could not be set through 'template' function




Revision 1038 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 4 15:53:11 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: a function can have a postfix now e.g. [my_function:my_postfix]
this will be mainly used in conjuction with [for ...] statements

[for my_function:xxx]
  [for my_function]
    [my_function_value]
    [my_function_valu:xxx] (references the first loop)
  [end]
[end]

added: to FunInfo<>: a reference to current item from a pattern (const Item & item)
       similary on the stack is added a pointer to an item
       by having this reference you can compare a function's name and its postfix
       added methods:
       Stack * FindLastFor(const std::wstring & name);
       Stack * FindLastFor(const std::wstring & name, const std::wstring & postfix);
       template<class FunUserObject> FunUserObject * FindUserObject(const std::wstring & function_name, Stack ** ezc_stack = 0);



Revision 1037 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 23 15:22:59 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
added a 'for_name' (std::string*) in Stack
this is a user defined name of a [for] statement


Revision 1036 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 23 15:20:42 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: some refactoring in miscspace


Revision 1035 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 22 14:53:43 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
some refactoring in miscspace(.h|.cpp)
space() renamed to space_value() and takes a third parameter: escape (bool)
space_noescape() removed

space_tab() renamed to space_list_tab()
space_tab_value() renamed to space_list_tab_value()
space_tab_has_next() renamed to space_list_tab_has_next()




Revision 1034 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 18 09:27:40 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: using relative paths calculated with relative_path now



Revision 1033 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 18 09:25:47 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: using relative paths calculated with relative_path now



Revision 1032 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 18 09:22:13 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: using relative paths calculated with relative_path now



Revision 1031 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 18 08:56:19 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
fixed: some paths in Makefile.dep were not relative


Revision 1030 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 17 13:46:20 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
changed: winix project has been moved to 'winixd' subdirectory
         in Makefiles we are caltulating relative paths now (by using relative_path program)
	 


Revision 1029 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 17 13:40:20 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
initial import of relative_path


Revision 1028 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 17 08:26:02 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
moved winix directories to winixdsubdirectory



Revision 1027 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 17 08:24:59 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
moved winix directories to winixd subdirectory



Revision 1026 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 16 14:11:47 2016 UTC (4 years ago) by tomek
added: log info about what html template is used


Revision 1025 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 8 18:00:17 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
some work in MainSpaceParser: added reading long (--longname) parameters


Revision 1024 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 3 18:10:40 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: some work in RegisterMail plugin
(added looking for files in a config directory)


Revision 1023 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 1 11:12:54 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile


Revision 1022 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 1 11:12:26 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: include path to ezc to Makefile (it is referenced from Winix)

Revision 1021 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 1 10:15:23 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in FunctionParser we do not treat '+' as a space
added: some work in MailRegister plugin
       (adding mails to db, showing mails)


Revision 1020 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 31 19:52:17 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
start working on a new plugin: mailregister



Revision 1019 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 21 18:49:42 2016 UTC (4 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: MainSpaceParser - starting writing a parser for main(argc, argv) arguments
(a Space object is returned)



Revision 1018 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 16 12:09:34 2015 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: OutStreams<>::streams_map should not have null pointers to StreamType objects


Revision 1017 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 15 22:23:36 2015 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new Ezc API
[ezc stream] has gone, now we have [ezc out] and [out]
the output streams have names now: it's a std::map, before we have a std::vector
and the streams are serialized to "out" space in json
Request::out_streams[] are split into Request::out_main_stream and Request::out_streams class


Revision 1016 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 15 21:45:49 2015 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
some #include moved in other places


Revision 1015 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 12 11:08:53 2015 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: 'typename' keyword is missing in some places


Revision 1014 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 12 09:53:20 2015 UTC (4 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: [ezc streams "..."] to [ezc out "..."] or just [out "..."]
the syntax has been changed, now [ezc ...] is used with [end] statement
added: OutStreams<StreamType> class with a pool with output streams,
the Generator::Generate() method can take it as its argument
(Generator API has been changed)


Revision 1013 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 16 02:37:07 2015 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: meta and admin meta information were not saved in memory (in system.dirs)
       when 'meta' winix function was used
added: to DbItemsQuery
       sort_index_asc and sort_index_date
       different sort type can be made by 'index' and by 'date'
		     


Revision 1012 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 14 18:24:08 2015 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new EZC api (ezc functions can be methods of some special objects)


Revision 1011 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 14 18:20:00 2015 UTC (4 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: now ezc functions can be methods of a special object
       added: objects.h with a base class for the object
       and Objects container (similar as Functions container)


Revision 1010 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 29 09:46:29 2015 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: checking for ssl redirect
       we should take into account cur.request->function->need_ssl too


Revision 1009 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 29 09:24:43 2015 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in App::CheckIfNeedSSLredirect()
       winix made an incorrect redirect from/to SSL


Revision 1008 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 18 18:50:39 2015 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: now 'emacs' winix function uses CodeMirror editor
         currently only htmlmixed mode is implemented

Revision 1007 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 16 14:43:52 2015 UTC (4 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: "server_mode" config option (std::wstring)
       you can assign any string to it such as "production" "dev"
       this value is not used by winix itself
       you can refer to it from [server_mode] and [server_mode_is] ezc functions




Revision 1006 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 20 11:00:22 2015 UTC (5 years ago) by tomek
fixed: rm winix function returned incorrectly formated json when using jquery upload (delete file button)


Revision 1005 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 8 23:22:05 2015 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated: to the new ezc api
added:   following ezc functions: ezc_and_not, ezc_any_not, ezc_or_not, ezc_one_not, is, is_not, is_empty, is_not_empty




Revision 1004 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 8 02:31:21 2015 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: the way how functions' arguments are parsed
         now this [fun1 fun2 "something" fun3]
         will call fun1 with three arguments: fun2, "something" and fun3
         and this [fun1 [fun2 "something"] fun3]
         will call fun1 with two arguments: [fun2 "something] and fun3
         "something" is an argument for fun2 function
removed: statements: [if-one] [if-any] [if-no] [if-any-no] [if-one-no]


Revision 1003 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 2 21:23:29 2015 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: editors (emacs, ckeditor...) doesn't set an item's title now (if it was empty)


Revision 1002 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 22 10:23:52 2015 UTC (5 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: some ezc functions for displaying current date
       current_sec, current_min, current_hour, current_year, ...


Revision 1001 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 2 08:18:06 2015 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: some refactoring in System: in IsMemberOfGroup method
changed: some log messages at startup (about non existing empty group for uploads directory)



Revision 1000 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 2 07:15:22 2015 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: compiling on Debian (it has no MSG_EOF flag)


Revision 999 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 2 07:14:15 2015 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: compiling od Debian 
       sockaddr_un has no sun_len member


Revision 998 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 2 07:01:08 2015 UTC (5 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the way how winix is closing
       beforehand we made a http connection from the special thread
       now we just send a fastcgi packet to the unix socket

       the old way was broken because it requires the http server to work
       and if the operating system is going to shutdown/reboot then the http server
       can be first closed and consequently the winix cannot wake up from
       the main thread (and will be terminated SIGKILL by the os)
       


Revision 997 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 28 15:59:08 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: CMakeLists.txt files for building samples by using cmake system
       submitted by Mateusz Loskot <mateusz at loskot dot net>

Revision 996 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 25 12:02:22 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: when a client doesn't send a session cookie we can instead of ban just use a temporary session
added: config option:
	// the way we behave when no_session_cookie_treshold limit is exceeded
 	// 0 - if a client doesn't send a session cookie again then use a temporary session
 	//     (other sessions from this IP address are not affected)
 	// 1 - add this IP address to ban list and create a temporary session
 	//     (this will block other sessions from this IP address too)
 	// default: 0
 	int no_session_cookie_ban_mode;



Revision 995 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 24 20:22:30 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   possibility to ban if a session cookie is incorrect (when we are using encoded cookies)
added:   possibility to ban if a client tries to hijack the session cookie
added:   possibility to ban if a client did not send a session cookie
renamed: ezc functions:
         login_cannot_login -> ipban_is_login_allowed_from_this_ip  (and the return value was changed)
         login_when_available_login -> ipban_current_ip_expires_time
added: config options:
       // after how many broken encoded cookie we should ban the current IP
       // default: 2 (value in the range <0 - 65535>)
       size_t broken_encoded_cookie_treshold;

       // after how many incorrect session identifiers (or session indices) we should ban the current IP
       // do not set this value too low, as people connecting from the same IP address (from behind a NAT)
       // would be banned if they have an old session cookie remembered in the browser
       // default: 128 (value in the range <0 - 65535>)
       size_t session_hijacking_treshold;

       // after how many times a client will be banned if it did not send a session cookie
       // default: 1000 (value in the range <0 - 65535>)
       size_t no_session_cookie_treshold;







Revision 994 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 22 15:30:56 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: possibility to encode the session cookie (added files core/sessionidmanager.h and core/sessionidmanager.cpp)
added: config options:
       // whether or not we should encode the session cookie
       // (we have a special algorithm)
       // default: false
       bool session_cookie_encode;

       // if session_cookie_encode is true then you should provide
       // a file where AES keys will be stored
       std::wstring session_keys_file;

       // each session has an index -- an unsigned int value
       // this value is sent in the cookie string (is encoded)
       // and is incremented when session_index_time_increment time is passed since the last incrementing
       // if a client sent the cookie back the difference between
       // current index and the index in the cookie should be less than or equal to session_allow_index_difference
       // default: 8
       size_t session_allow_index_difference;

       // the time which should pass after the session index is incremented
       // default: 30
       // (session_allow_index_difference + 1) * session_index_time_increment should be less than a time
       // load of a page and all elements on it such as images (of course it depends on client's download too)
       time_t session_index_time_increment;

       // time in seconds after a new AES key pair should be generated
       // we have 256 pairs of keys so this time multiplied by 256 should not be less than
       // the max time of a session (session_remember_max_idle),
       // by default: 256 * 2 days = 512 days = 1.4 year > 3 months (session_remember_max_idle)
       // default: 172800 = 2 days (max: 2678400 = 1 month, min: 10)
       size_t session_key_renew_time;

changed: when printing the time of a request we print only two non-zero digits





Revision 993 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 12 04:14:16 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
define AR macro in the main Makefile
this is for pikotools and tito libraries


Revision 992 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 12 04:12:13 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
instead of directly using 'ar' program we are using the AR macro now
(which defaults to 'ar' if you do not define it)



Revision 991 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 12 04:11:28 2014 UTC (5 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
instead of directly using 'ar' program we are using the AR macro now
(which defaults to 'ar' if you do not define it)


Revision 990 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 6 21:17:41 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to HtmlTextStream: Escape(bool) method
       now the output html streams can be turn into no-escaping mode
       default true (set when a request is clearing)



Revision 989 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 2 17:47:34 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new Ezc API
         removed statements: [if-index ...] [is ...] [is-no ...]
added:   generic ezc functions:
         and, any (the same as and), or, one (the same as or), not, cmp, trim
         to_lower, to_upper, index
changed: in misc:
         added treat_new_line_as_white flag to IsWhite() SkipWhite() and TrimWhite()
         TrimWhite(), TrimFirst(), TrimLast(), Trim() are using only wide characters now
         (they were templates before)
         added: IsInt(), IsSize(), IsFloat()
changed: version to 0.6.4





Revision 988 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 2 17:26:56 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: statements: [if-index ...] [is ...] and [is-no ...]
         we can provide a user definied function which does the same
added:   to FunInfo<>:
         Stack * stack_tab
         size_t stack_index
         a stack table and an index to the current stack item


Revision 987 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 1 17:14:39 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: svn:executable atribute from files


Revision 986 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 1 17:12:17 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: svn:executable attribute from files


Revision 985 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 1 17:11:00 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: svn:executable attribute from files


Revision 984 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 1 17:05:20 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: svn:executable attribute from files


Revision 983 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 28 19:14:46 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new Ezc API


Revision 982 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 28 17:52:45 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
deleted: vars.h and vars.cpp as they are not needed now


Revision 981 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 28 17:46:24 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   [return ...] statement for a block
changed: a user definied function now is able to get a string and a boolean value (parameters)
changed: we do not longer support aliases for variables
         a variable is only a string and a boolean value now


Revision 980 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 07:27:21 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: PatternCacher incorrectly rebuilt the cache
       some new Ezc::Pattern objects were inserted
       the storage container is std::map<long,...>
       but we traverse it as a std::vector e.g.:
       for(size_t i=0 ; i<pattern_tab.size() ; ++i)
           RebuildCache(pattern_tab[i].pattern);
       so eventually new patterns were added to the map
       (operator [])



Revision 979 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 07:21:20 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in cache.cpp there was headerfile_ezc_cache macro used
       (copied from cache.h)
fixed: in Generator: memory leak from block_stack
       objects pointing by block_stack_tab[].out_stream
       were not deleted
fixed: in Item: ClearCache() didn't clear all pointers
       Function::parameters table were not used



Revision 978 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 19 21:20:09 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:  two options to the config:
        ezc_error_prefix (string)
        ezc_error_postfix (string)
        // prefix and postfix used when there is an error in Ezc patterns
        // default:
        // prefix:  "<!-- "
        // postfix: " -->"
added:  Ezc::Blocks to templates
added:  although patterns have pointers to functions and blocks cached
        the Ezc::Generator should use SetFunctions() and SetBlocks() method
        in order to correctly recognize variables (aliases)



Revision 977 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 19 21:09:34 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: function and blocks were incorrectly cached
       (now we have a tree in Item::Function.parameters too
        and we should go through that tree as well)
fixed: in Generator: Item::Function.par should be cleared
       only if Item::Function.name is not empty
changed: in Generator: use method 'write' of an output stream
       instead of operator<<
added: Clear() method to Blocks class
changed: in Generator
       Generator has its own Vars class now
       we don't need SetVars() method
added: to Generator:
       void CanUseCache(bool can_use_cache);
       // set whether or not we can use cache for functions or blocks
       // true by default

       void CanUseVars(bool can_use_variables);
       // set whether or not we can use variables: [def ...] statement
       // true by default




Revision 976 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 19 05:46:49 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: AssignString() functions
         now we are using UTF-8 <-> wide characters conversions


Revision 975 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 19 05:42:25 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: SetCommentary() methods from Pattern were moved to PatternParser and Generator
added:   caching functions and blocks
         caching is added into Pattern and Blocks
         methods: CacheFunctions() and CacheBlocks()
		 



Revision 974 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 18 18:12:04 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new Ezc API


Revision 973 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 23:56:30 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: compile error in item.h (in CacheFunctions)
fixed: Pattern::ClearCache() was missing


Revision 972 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 22:14:28 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: a 'typename' keywords were missing in some places
fixed: removed GetStringFromStream() method 
       it returns a reference to a local object (from stream.str())
       now the code is used directly



Revision 971 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 21:48:11 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: a header info in each source file to:
 * This file is a part of EZC -- Easy templating in C++ library
 * and is distributed under the BSD 3-Clause licence.



Revision 970 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 21:36:55 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   possibility to define a block
changed: in Functions
         Functions are only for user-defined functions now
         (before they could remember a string variable too)
added:   class Vars for variables
         a variable can be a string or an alias to an other function or block
added:   now we can have nested functions calls e.g.:
         [function1 [function2]]
         in the above example an output (stream) from function2 will be passed
         as the first argument to funcion1 (will be passed as a string)
removed: UTF8() method from PatternParser
         now it is treated that when we have only std::string (or char*)
         that this is an UTF-8 string



Revision 969 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 11 19:56:48 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: Pattern class has been split into two classes: Pattern and PatternParser
         in Pattern we have only the tree
         in PatternParser there is the whole logic used to parse a file

Revision 968 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 11 19:01:17 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
copied: pattern.cpp -> patternparser.cpp


Revision 967 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 11 19:00:57 2014 UTC (5 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
copied: parser.h -> patternparser.h


Revision 966 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 9 20:46:58 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: now Patterns are read with UTF-8 enabled by default



Revision 965 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 9 20:44:56 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: now we do not use std::string and char* in the Winix API
         everywhere we are using std::wstring and wchar_t*
         (std::string and char* is used only locally in some places
         especially when creating a path to OS file system etc.)
added:   to the special thread when winix closes:
         a write function for curl: FetchPageOnExitCurlCallback()
         without this function the curl library will print
         the page's content to the standart output
changed: TextStream<> class from core can make
         UTF8<->wide strings conversions
removed: from config: utf8 option
         now winix expects UTF8 from the user's input (html forms, url-es)
         and outputs strings in the UTF8 format



Revision 964 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 4 18:05:49 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.6.2 of winix 


Revision 963 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 4 18:04:03 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
setting a Winix Licence: 2 Clause BSD Licence
changed: version to 0.6.2


Revision 962 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 4 11:18:33 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in static size_t WideToInt(const wchar_t * wide_string, size_t string_len, int & z, bool & correct)
       we didn't test UTF8_CheckRange()

added: functions for converting from a wide string into an utf8 c-string:
       bool WideToUTF8(const wchar_t * wide_string, size_t string_len, char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, size_t & utf8_written, int mode = 1);
       bool WideToUTF8(const wchar_t * wide_string,                    char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, size_t & utf8_written, int mode = 1);
       bool WideToUTF8(const std::wstring & wide_string,               char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, size_t & utf8_written, int mode = 1);

       bool WideToUTF8(const wchar_t * wide_string, size_t string_len, char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, int mode = 1);
       bool WideToUTF8(const wchar_t * wide_string,                    char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, int mode = 1);
       bool WideToUTF8(const std::wstring & wide_string,               char * utf8, size_t utf8_len, int mode = 1);



Revision 961 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 28 17:30:05 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: winix incorrectly used config options: upload_dirs_chmod and upload_files_chmod
added: to config: upload_group
       a group name for newly uploaded files (and created necessary directories in the file system)



Revision 960 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 00:09:16 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
removing: slimaczek site


Revision 959 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 22 23:54:24 2014 UTC (5 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: htmltextstream escapes more characters now:
          added characters:
          "  -> &#quot;
          '  -> &#39; (&apos; but IE8 has a problem with &apos;)
          10 -> &#10;
          13 -> &#13;
added: two ezc filters:
       fil_html_quote
          "  -> &#quot;
          '  -> &#39; (&apos; but IE8 has a problem with &apos;)
       fil_html_newline
          10 -> &#10;
          13 -> &#13;
changed: fun_subject.html uses <div class="winix_input_a"> now




Revision 958 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 6 20:14:10 2014 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: plugin jQuery File Upload has been updated to version 9.7.0
         (changed 'upload' and 'rm' winix functions)


Revision 957 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 4 21:11:14 2014 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: possibility to save a pid file
       new config option: pid_file (a full path to a pid file)


Revision 956 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 3 18:33:07 2014 UTC (5 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: item content should not be escaped in 'raw' mode
       (it was not escaped only when execute bits were set)


Revision 955 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 18 23:18:28 2014 UTC (5 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: to htmlfilter: the filter is able to recognize a special tag, default called: <nofilter>
       content between <nofilter>...</nofilter> will not be filtered


Revision 954 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 7 11:20:44 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: flag has_pass to User structure
       if false that means the user has not set a password yet 
       (this can be used by a plugins to create a new account without a password set)
       in order to login the user first has to set a new password
       (this can be done from a some kind of activation link send via email etc)
       


Revision 953 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 14 11:20:22 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: in Synchro: we should have a table (map) of reference counters 
       each one for each thread
fixed: on Linux: pthread mutexes by default behaves differently than on FreeBSD
       we have to set PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK attribute 
       when creating a mutex
       


Revision 952 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 22:32:06 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: some debug logs to export plugin



Revision 951 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 20:49:50 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: in Makefile: 'cp' in Linux behaves differently


Revision 950 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 17:21:42 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: compiling on Debian with GCC 4.8


Revision 949 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 16:31:34 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: now we should use namespace Winix



Revision 948 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 16:30:49 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: namespace Winix over all *.h/*.cpp files


Revision 947 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 11 21:00:32 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: now we use curl to fetch a page from the special thread when winix quits
         (before we were using BSD's fetch)
fixed:   we didn't use FCGX_Finish_r() on the request made from the special thread
         so the thread hangs (now we can use pthread_join correctly from the main thread)


Revision 946 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 23 03:29:33 2013 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: in ClearOutputStreams() referencing 'config' only if not null



Revision 945 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 19 17:19:47 2013 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: winix incorrectly sent the binary stream 
       headers and cookies were not sent
       (instead of headers the content was sent, so the client's browser was unable to open it correctly)
added: standard http headers are added by winix only if there are not such headers already
       e.g. if a plugin adds "Content-Type" header then winix will not overwrite it 
       (headers names are case sensitive)

Revision 944 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 18 12:13:28 2013 UTC (6 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: -O0 -g for CXXFLAGS for temporarily debugging


Revision 943 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 9 16:03:45 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: problem with building
       added #include <utility> to App (for std::move)


Revision 942 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 4 01:21:57 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   generating Content-Length header when text answer is sent to the client
added:   now we are able to use the html filter for the whole out_streams (when ajax is used the output is filtered too)
         splitted FilterCompressSend() function -- first we are making the filtering
         (after filtering we know the size of the content to send)
added:   to Compress:
         Compressing(const char * source, size_t source_len, BinaryPage & out_stream, int encoding);
changed: some refactoring in App



Revision 941 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 3 12:33:41 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: security vulnerability in 'ln' winix function
       a user could create a hardlink to any file and the new link 
       had user_id, group_id and permissions the same as for new generated files,
       this allowes to overwrite any existing file in the filesystem,
       now user_id, group_id, permissions are the same as from the oryginal file


Revision 940 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 29 21:39:23 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
removed: Request::debug all stream used for debugging info
         some environment variables were put there
removed: config variable: debug_info
removed: Request::role (responder, authorizer)
         now we have only one role: responder
added:   new config variables:
         log_env_variables (default false) - when true then fastcgi environment
         variables are logged to the log file
         log_http_answer_headers (default false) - when true all http headers
         created by winix ale logged (note that the www server can add/adjust other headers)
changed: some refactoring in Request struct
changed: CookieTab to std::map<std::wstring, std::wstring>
         beforehand std::string was used
         (changed CookieParser as well)
changed: Request::SetCookie() to AddCookie()
added:   Request::out_headers (a PT::Space struct)
         http headers (without cookies) send back to the client
added:   Request::out_cookies (a PT::Space struct)
         cookies send to the client
changed: App class to use Request::out_headers and Request::out_cookies
         some SendHeaders...() methods were renamed to PrepareHeaders...()
         and they create output in Request::out_headers first (and out_cookies)
         and later it is sent
added:   two plugin messages:
         // http headers (without cookies) were created and are ready to send
         // here you can make some changes to them
         // in p1 you have a pointer to the PT::Space (Request::out_headers)
         #define WINIX_PREPARE_TO_SEND_HTTP_HEADERS		31070

         // http cookies were created and are ready to send
         // here you can make some changes to them
         // in p1 you have a pointer to the PT::Space (Request::out_cookies)
         #define WINIX_PREPARE_TO_SEND_HTTP_COOKIES		31080
added:   config variable:
         // how many output streams do we have in Request class
         // default: 16 (64 maximum)
         size_t ezc_out_streams_size;



Revision 939 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 25 23:44:01 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
removed: -O0 -g from production Makefile



Revision 938 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 25 23:37:52 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: -O0 -g to the production Makefile



Revision 937 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 14 20:59:23 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
removed: ezn patterns for rawcontent and ajaxcontent:
         index_rawcontent.html, index_ajaxcontent.html
         now we have out_streams in Request and some special
         keyword in ezc templates for sending content to the 
         specified streams
changed: the way how winix answers to the client's browsers:
         info from Request class:
	                                   winix answer send to the client's browser
	                                                       |
	                                                       |
	                                          depending on send_bin_stream
	                               -------------------------------------------------
	                               |                                               |
	                          text answer                                     binary answer
	                               |                                               |
	                   depending on return_json                          sending out_bin_stream
	             ------------------------------------
	             |                                  |
	       normal request                     ajax request
	             |                                  |
	   sending out_streams[0]           depending on return_info_only
	                              ------------------------------------------------------
	                              |                                                    |
	                 generating JSON object from:                   generating JSON object only from info
	                 out_streams and info, e.g.:                    e.g.:
	                 {                                              { info object serialized here }
	                  "stream_1": "some html content",
	                  "stream_2": "some other html content",
	                  "info": { info object serialized here }
	                 }
	                 note that out_streams[0] is not sent
	                 in JSON answers
	
	



Revision 936 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 23:00:29 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: in Makefiles (we do not need to copy slimaczek.so to one level up)



Revision 935 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 22:35:08 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: in Makefiles (for not compiling slimaczek.so if the source files were not changed)


Revision 934 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 22:14:22 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: now we are using the C++ 11 language (-std=c++11) and we are using
         the clang compiler on a production server by default
changed: Makefile files have been cleaned



Revision 933 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 21:57:51 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: now we are using the C++ 11 language (-std=c++11) and we are using
         the clang compiler by default
changed: Makefile files have been a little cleaned
         the main Makefile now will not compile winix and winix.so if there
         were not any changes to source files (it's faster)
         (added Makefile.dep in the global directory with list of all source/header files)
changed: winix version to 0.5.5



Revision 932 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 10 11:59:21 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: compiling in the clang (new version of c++ std lib)
       (added some header files)
added: three messsages in ticket plugin:
       // send by showtickets winix function when tickets are loaded (and sorted)
       // in p1 you have a pointer to the ticket tab: std::vector<Ticket::Ticket> (include "ticket.h")
       // in p2 you have a pointer to the sort tab:   std::vector<Item*>
       // those tables don't have to be equal in size (in the case when there is no some tickets in the database)
       #define WINIX_PL_TICKET_TICKETS_LOADED                 4106
       
       // a new ticket has been added
       // in p1 you have a pointer to the Ticket::Ticket structure (include "ticket.h")
       // in p2 you have a pointer to the Item structure
       #define WINIX_PL_TICKET_ADDED_NEW                              4107
       
       // a ticket has been changed
       // in p1 you have a pointer to the Ticket::Ticket structure (include "ticket.h")
       // in p2 you have a pointer to the Item structure
       #define WINIX_PL_TICKET_CHANGED                                        4108

added: two ezc functions for tickets:
       ticket_does_param_id_have_value()
       tickets_tab_does_param_id_have_value()
       (they take two integer arguments -- testing whether a specified param_id has the given value)
changed: some more minor additions in tickets templates



Revision 931 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 8 14:42:14 2013 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: in 'showtickets' winix function
         now tickets are sorted by the sort_index and then by date
changed: html in 'sort' winix function (added items' subjects to the item lists)


Revision 930 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 2 07:14:19 2013 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: html for 'upload' winix function
         all static files (css/js) are downloaded from our server now


Revision 929 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 16 21:02:17 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in notify/notify.cpp: a correct locale id should be taken
       (we were not able to send: a mail with an activation link and 
        a mail with the reset password link when we didn't have a locale with id 0 loaded)


Revision 928 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 16 20:11:27 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: in passwd: a redirect make only if a password has been changed


Revision 927 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 16 20:08:07 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: a passwd winix function should allow a non loged person to reset his password (permission fix)


Revision 926 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 16 19:26:44 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:   winix function 'account'
         code for activating an account has been moved here from Pw
changed: the form for reseting a user's password has been moved
         to 'passwd' winix function (it was in Pw before)



Revision 925 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 14 08:37:22 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: in fun_gallery.html: added js code to get the proper image id from url


Revision 924 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 6 07:23:44 2013 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: to Rm function:
       bool Rm::RemoveFileOrSymlink(long item_id, bool check_access)
added: in ticket plugin: possibility to remove a file/image
       (not finished yet)



Revision 923 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 24 01:21:19 2013 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: some ezc function to ticket plugin:
       ticket_param_value_for_param_id
       tickets_tab_param_value_for_param_id
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_param_name
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_file_tab
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_file_tab_index
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_file_tab_path
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_file_tab_itemid
       tickets_tab_conf_tab_file_tab_meta



Revision 922 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 17 00:37:39 2013 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: plugin 'export': export winix function
         the checkbox is now selected when we want to export static files too 
         (default it is not checked)
         


Revision 921 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 16 09:51:36 2013 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: imgcrop winix function should load only images
       (when called in a directory)
added: to reload winix function:
       reloading (clearing) the cache from 'menu' plugin
added: to 'menu' plugin
       possibility to read 'meta' information from files 
       third argument 'withmeta' to menu_dir_tab ezc function
       e.g. [for menu_dir_tab "/directory" "..." "withmeta"]...[end]
       and some ezc functions to retrieve the meta values



Revision 920 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 2 22:24:30 2013 UTC (7 years ago) by tomek
added: to config: HasValue() methods
       for checking if a value exists (useful for checking lists -- they don't have to be copied out)



Revision 919 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 29 22:03:28 2013 UTC (7 years ago) by tomek
added: a new winix function: imgcrop
       for cropping images (and thumbnails)
       www.domain.com/dir/file.jpg/imgcrop  -- crop an image
       www.domain.com/dir/file.jpg/imgcrop/thumb  -- crop an image's thumbnail
       www.domain.com/dir/file.jpg/imgcrop/newthumb  -- crop and create a new thumbnail (from an original image)
       www.domain.com/dir/imgcrop -- show images' list with above options
added: to Image class: some methods for cropping



Revision 918 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 26 00:04:01 2013 UTC (7 years ago) by tomek
changed: when there is reqtype:json parameter and there is not set request.ajax_serializer
         then we are using a generic json serializer
changed: we are sending the application/json header when returning an json string
added:   to config: log_server_answer (default false)
         when true we put the whole string (server's answer) to the log file
added:   to Request: use_200_status_for_not_found_and_permission_denied
         if this is true then if the server http code would be 403 or 404
         then we return 200 OK (useful when using ajax)
changed: System::RedirectTo() methods take as the last parameter: use_reqtype
         if this is true (default) then reqtype:type parameter is automatically added to the redirecting path
         



Revision 917 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 26 11:49:22 2013 UTC (7 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: some ezc functions (item_tab_meta*)
added: some ezc functions (gallery_tab_meta*) to gallery plugin
added: to gallery plugin: a new gallery: Gallery version 1.2.9


Revision 916 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 1 21:14:56 2013 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: plugin 'group'
       Groups::ReindexGroups incorrectly read a field from a PT::Space (it used 'table' object directly)
       but the value was in 'table_single' 
       now we are using GetValue method


Revision 915 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 19 16:31:15 2013 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated: paths in Makefile (prog subdirectory)


Revision 914 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 19 16:13:38 2013 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: updated paths in Makefiles (prog directory)


Revision 913 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 19 10:10:17 2013 UTC (7 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: added 'logsave' when we are waiting for the database to be ready


Revision 912 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 30 15:33:08 2012 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in ticket plugin: editticket incorrectly used ticket_info->Clear() method
       it was called after some objects were set consequently we were not allowed to edit a ticket


Revision 911 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 26 23:08:57 2012 UTC (7 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: put the rebus answer into the log (when user has entered an incorrect answer)


Revision 910 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 17 01:10:00 2012 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile dep


Revision 909 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 5 23:13:52 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: in editticket: closing ticket is better to do via POST request
added:   a new message sent by editticket when closing a ticket:
         #define WINIX_PL_TICKET_CLOSED                                 4105
         // a ticket has been closed (closed button pressed)
         // in p1 you have a pointer to the Item struct
         // in p2 you have a pointer to the Ticket struct




Revision 908 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 4 22:39:02 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: ticket plugin: redirect type in editticket winix function (when there is 'close' parameter)
fixed:   prototype doesn't work with jquery (in ticket winix function)
         (prototype was loaded for lightbox)


Revision 907 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 4 21:01:02 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to Item struct: ameta (PT::Space)
       admin meta information
added: option "a" to meta winix function
       editing admin meta information
changed: now if you don't have write access to an item
         you can't see the meta information
         previous if you had read access you could have seen them
added: in plugin ticket and thread
       support for 'closing' (ticket, thread)
       (this is only logic, we need some html yet)
added: some ezc function for getting meta/admin meta information
       (for the current item and the last directory)



Revision 906 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 1 17:56:00 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: html (slog.html)


Revision 905 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 27 11:17:52 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: added 'check_abuse' parameter to Login::LoginUser
         bool Login::LoginUser(const std::wstring & login, const std::wstring & password, bool remember_me,
                               bool use_ses_log, bool check_abuse)
         default 'false' -- it test the time between GET and POST and the rebus (if exists)


Revision 904 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 27 10:14:07 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   locales to fun_ipban.html
changed: cosmetic changes in IPBanContainer



Revision 903 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 27 09:03:49 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to 'ipban' winix function:
       possibility to remove a ban (or all bans)
added: to SessionManager: sorting of the ban list (in the second thread)


Revision 902 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 27 07:44:26 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: IP ban mechanism (not finished yet -- we need a winix function to remove a ban)
       now after some incorrent login attempts your IP can be banned or blocked
       (see new config variables)

Revision 901 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 19:52:55 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: plugin message: WINIX_CHECK_PLUGIN_ACCESS
       this message is sent before calling MakePost() or MakeGet()
       if you return false (which is default) you can prevent the access
       to the resource
       


Revision 900 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 06:48:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: html (login and passwd)


Revision 899 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 06:13:38 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile (removed copying static/layout1 from winix)


Revision 898 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 06:00:00 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: html/css (added div.winix to templates)
         now we have winix.css in common/winix directory
         it is automatically loaded by index_head_functions_add.html

Revision 897 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 05:57:13 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: css (removed some winix stuff - they are in winix.css now)



Revision 896 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 15 01:31:52 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: copied some html from the old winix template (css too)


Revision 895 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 26 07:18:32 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: to misc:
       bool IsWhite(const wchar_t * str, bool treat_new_line_as_white)
       bool IsWhite(const std::wstring & str, bool treat_new_line_as_white)
       return true if the whole string is white (or an empty string)
added: global variable in admin environment for an user: "display_name"
       if defined it is used to display an user's name instead of its login
       it is used in: void print_user_name(Info & i, User & user);
       (tickets, threads, cat function etc)




Revision 894 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 24 20:31:01 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the way we check whether we need make the redirect from SSL to non SSL (or vice versa)
       beforehand we didn't take into accout default winix functions


Revision 893 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 24 18:59:08 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: we should check cur.request->function is not null (in5D app when testing ssl/nossl redirect)


Revision 892 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 24 18:38:35 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: need_ssl flag to FunctionBase
       // try to use SSL
       // if in the config 'use_ssl' is true and 'use_ssl_only_for_logged_users' is true
       // then ssl is used only for logged users but sometimes there is a need to use
       // SSL even if noone is logged (for example for such functions like 'login' or 'adduser')
       // default: false
       // (this option is ignored if 'use_ssl' in the config is false)
       bool need_ssl;



Revision 891 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 19 23:17:10 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: in Crypt:
	 renamed Hash() -> HashBin()
         HashBin() is using a binary output from OpenSSL now
	 previously we are using the hex output and with the new OpenSSL version
         the text has additional characters and causes some problems
	 added: HashHex() - it is using the HashBin() and then converts the output
	 to hex format itself
	 


Revision 890 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 15 23:34:25 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: to ticket plugin:
some messges:
// 
#define WINIX_PL_TICKET_PREPARE_TO_ADD_TICKET  4103

// a next ticket will be displayed
// in p1 you have a pointer to the Item struct
// this is call from tickets_tab ezc function
#define WINIX_PL_TICKET_TICKETS_TAB_IS_NEXT            4104

methods:
void ticket_meta_value(Info & i)
void tickets_tab_meta_value(Info & i)





Revision 889 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 14 23:48:39 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: to plugin ticket: message WINIX_PL_TICKET_LOAD_TICKETS
       someone can send this message with a directory id
       and tickets will be loaded from the directory
       (and to display them you can use ezc functions)


Revision 888 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 14 07:14:54 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: to plugin thread: message WINIX_PL_THREAD_CAN_MAKE_REDIRECT
       (similar as for ticket)


Revision 887 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 13 23:12:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:   some methods in Dystem::Dirs (takes wchar_t * as an argument, now only std::wstring were)
changed: in plugin ticket: added message: WINIX_PL_TICKET_CAN_MAKE_REDIRECT
         it is sent at the end of POST request (editticket, createticket)
         if we can make a redirect (useful with AJAX)




Revision 886 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 11 23:46:00 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: Lock class -- locking resources by using Synchro object
       the destructor automatically calls Unlock()


Revision 885 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 11 21:41:10 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: new ezc filter: fil_new_line_to_br
added: PutChar() methods to HtmlTextFilter and TexTextFilter


Revision 884 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 11 05:19:45 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: a new way: HEX format to saving/reading from PostgreSQL bytea columns
added: to Request:
       // binary page
       BinaryPage binary_page;

       // a compressed page ready to send to the client
       BinaryPage compressed_page;

       // if true then either page or ajaxpage will be sent to the client
       // if false then binary_page is sent
       // default: true
       bool use_text_page;

       BinaryPage is defined as (in requesttypes.h):
       typedef PT::TextStreamBase<char, 1, 4096> BinaryPage;

added: to Compress: now it can gets BinaryPage as arguments (input, output)
changed: winix version to: 0.5.0
added: in templates: TexTextStream class
       for taking input to the TeX typesetting system




Revision 883 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 6 20:36:50 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed: config (log time zone id)


Revision 882 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 6 17:50:14 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: to config: log_time_zone_id (size_t) identifier
       this is the time zone identifier used in log messages


Revision 881 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 4 20:24:42 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: 'subject' winix function is using WINIX_FILE_CHANGED message now (when changing a file's subject)
added: 'postredirect' global parameter (it can be a param or post value)
       you can use this parameter in a html POST form
       after processing the POST request winix will make a redirect to the value


Revision 880 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 2 01:29:15 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed: makefile dep


Revision 879 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 2 01:27:41 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: ezc functions:
       void dir_tab_subject(Info & i);
       void dir_tab_is_root(Info & i);
changed: in dir_tab_link:
         now it doesn't print the proto and base address - you should use [doc_base_url]



Revision 878 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 26 22:30:25 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: ezc functions:
       void dir_is_no(Info & i)
       void dir_level_is(Info & i)
       void dir_last_url_is_no(Info & i)
       void item_no_is(Info & i)
       void item_url_is_no(Info & i)



Revision 877 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 26 19:53:47 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: to Request options used by ezc generators:
       bool gen_trim_white;
       bool gen_skip_new_line;
       bool gen_use_special_chars;
added: new ezc filter: fil_csv_escape
       for escaping csv fields




Revision 876 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 19 14:25:43 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: WINIX_RAW_POST_STRING should have a different id


Revision 875 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 19 14:24:24 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: WINIX_RAW_POST_STRING plugin message
       this is the raw string sent in POST method (in p1 pointer there is a pointer to std::string object)


Revision 874 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 19 13:50:58 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: a new plugin message: WINIX_POST_PARAMS
       raw POST parameters
       in p1 there is a pointer to std::string meaning a parameter's name
       in p2 there is a pointer to std::string value
       this is sent only from PostParser
       PostMultiParser (multipart/form-data html forms) doesn't send this messsage
       there is no a session set (session pointer is null)



Revision 873 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 15 19:33:20 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: to DbBase: 
       bool EndTrans(bool everything_ok);


Revision 872 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 12 18:23:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: when using Request::ajax_serializer then we should not use html filter
       (the filter can be used before we make the json answer -- not implemented yet)


Revision 871 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 8 16:04:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: to Request:
       // used as a JSON output (when ajax_serializer is defined)
       // it will be serialized and have at least:
       // 'content' string - the whole html content
       // 'http_status' integer - http status code (e.g. 200)
       PT::Space ajax;
 
       // if not null then the request will have a JSON as an output
       PT::SpaceToJSON * ajax_serializer;



Revision 870 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 3 10:55:14 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: export plugin
       the possibility to export only non static files in a directory


Revision 869 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 3 10:24:24 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: export plugin
       I forgotten to add exporting a directory


Revision 868 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 3 09:39:25 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
I have forgotten to add: html/fun_export.html


Revision 867 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 3 09:25:17 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: 'export' winix function (export plugin)
       exporting an item or the whole directory


Revision 866 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 31 03:29:16 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: to Log:
       void LogBinary(const char * blob, size_t blob_len);
       void LogBinary(const std::string & blob);
       int LogLevel();


Revision 865 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 25 10:28:41 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: to Log:
       operator<<(const PT::TextStreamBase<>())


Revision 864 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 18:20:22 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: upload html


Revision 863 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 15:59:42 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile dep


Revision 862 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 15:57:45 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: css


Revision 861 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 15:49:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated: jquery upload plugin (upload winix function)


Revision 860 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 10 16:50:59 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: to misc: UrlEncode which takes PT::TextStreamBase as an argument
added: to misc: QEncode which takes PT::TextStreamBase as an argument
added: to Locale: methods: IsKey, Get which takes PT::TextStreamBase as an argument



Revision 859 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 2 19:15:50 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: some ezc functions in menu plugin

Revision 858 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 30 23:20:18 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: config.space is available public now


Revision 857 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 30 18:38:24 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: LDFLAGS option to Makefiles


Revision 856 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 30 18:37:52 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: when there is no option "locale_files" in the config
       the "en" should be loaded by default
added: LDFLAGS option to Makefiles
added: compilation with CLANG (some const objects should have been created with default cctor)



Revision 855 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 27 23:28:26 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: time zone in config


Revision 854 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 27 23:21:43 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
rewritten: public interface in TemplatesFunctions::Locale
           added a default parameter bool try_default_too = true to some methods: Get(), IsKey()
           added more methods for accessing by an internal index


Revision 853 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 26 23:24:57 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed config (locale_default_id)



Revision 852 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 26 23:19:19 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: winix functions: locale, timezone
changed: time zones -- now we have the daylight saving time
       different for each year (start, end)
added: config option: time_zone_id (size_t)
       time zone identifier for not logged users
       or for newly created accounts
       those identifiers you can see in etc/time_zones.conf file
       or by using timezone winix function with 'a' parameter (timezone/a) (!!IMPROVE ME NOT IMPLEMENTED YET)
       default: 34 (Coordinated Universal Time UTC+00:00)
added: config option: locale_default_id (size_t)
       locale for not logged users
       or for newly created accounts
added: config option: locale_max_id (size_t)
       a maximum value of a locale identifier
       default: 100 (maximum: 1000)
       each locale files should have its own identifier (in "winix_locale_id" field)
       from zero to this value
added: config option: time_zone_max_id (size_t)
       maximum value of a time zone identifier
       time zones with an id greater than this will be skipped
       default: 130 (maximum: 1000)
removed: config option: locale_default


Revision 851 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 22 23:47:34 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
updated: config (etc directory)



Revision 850 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 22 23:41:12 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: etc directory to Makefile install


Revision 849 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 22 23:34:33 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: a new directory "etc"
       there'll be some generic config files for winix
added: a new file in etc directory: time_zones_file
       list of time zones (not finished yet -- daylight saving time is needed)
added: option to config: etc_dir
       a directory in which there are some config files
       used mainly when winix starts
       default: empty (means not for using)
added: option to config: time_zones_file
       a file in etc_dir with time zones info
       default: time_zones.conf
       this is a Space structure with all time zones
added: to system: TimeZones struct
       list of time zones read from etc/time_zones.conf


Revision 848 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 22 19:18:03 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: time zone's names to locales

Revision 847 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 7 00:26:37 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: making a redirect from SSL connection to non SSL
         if either use_ssl in the config if false
         or if use_ssl_only_for_logged_users is true
         and a user is not logged
added:   base url redirect HTTP codes to the config
         // if current connection is without SSL and should be made through SSL
         // or if is via SSL and should be done in plain text
         // then we make a redirect
         // default: 303
         int use_ssl_redirect_code;

         // when the HOST_HTTP environment variable is not equal to 'base_url'
         // (the part 'http://' and the last slash is removed)
         // the server will redirect into base_url + 'REQUEST_URI'
         // it's useful when you want to redirect from 'mydomain.tld' into 'www.mydomain.tld' etc.
         // set this option to false if you have multiple subdomains
         // default: false
         bool base_url_redirect;



Revision 846 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 5 21:31:12 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: new function for ezc templating:
       void space_value_noescape(Info & i, PT::Space & space)


Revision 845 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 4 17:51:43 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: to Requst:
       std::wstring * PostVarp(const std::wstring & var);
added: to misc:
       template<class CharType>
       bool Toa(unsigned/signed long/int value, CharType * buffer);
       some Toa methods which don't get the buffer len
       (the buffer has to be sufficient big)



Revision 844 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 3 02:14:33 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: winix_subdomain ezc function
       didn't print the subdomain
added: to rm winix function:
       bool Rm::RemoveItemByPath(const std::wstring & path, bool check_access)
fixed: in Upload winix function
       when uploading an image we have to get
       a mount point where the image is placed (parent dir)
       (it was cur->mount beforehand)


Revision 843 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 30 21:14:03 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: some ezc functions for subdomains:
       void winix_subdomain(Info & i);
       void winix_subdomain_is_empty(Info & i);
       void winix_subdomain_is_not_empty(Info & i);
       void winix_subdomain_is(Info & i);



Revision 842 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 30 19:04:18 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: TimeZone struct (core)
       this class has information about a time zone (utf offset, daylight saving time)
       and methods for converting between UTC and local time
       structs User and Config has a TimeZone object
       System::ToLocal() and System::ToUTC() uses it for converting
       (depending whether a user is logged or not)

Revision 841 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 27 18:18:35 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new winix api
         PT::Date instead of tz


Revision 840 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 27 18:11:34 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
removed: in some places a dependencies to tm struct has left
removed: operator<<(tm&) from streams: textstream, log, dbtextstream, htmltextstream


Revision 839 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 26 23:04:49 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
removed: dependencies to 'tz' system structure
         now we are using PT::Date from pikotools


Revision 838 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 24 21:09:37 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: in Request:
         removed start_tm
         added start_date (PT::Date)
changed: in Session:
         removed: tm_time
         added: start_date (PT::Date)
         renamed: time -> start_time
         the same is for last_time
         now we have (last_time and last_date)


Revision 837 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 19 17:04:33 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: to thread manager: names of the threads
       the names are shown in the log file

Revision 836 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 19 15:14:35 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: when demonizing there were some logs info put twice in the log file
       now we first demonize (fork) and then open the log file
added: start adding support for PT::Date 
       we are using instead of tz system structure


Revision 835 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 20:30:34 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: misc::OnlyDigit()
         a comma is changed to a dot

Revision 834 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 16:40:43 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile

Revision 833 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 16:37:44 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new Space API (pikotools)
changed: in locale txt files:
         the '(' and ')' characters should be escaped '\(' and '\)'
         or the whole string should be quoted
added:   when parsing locale files we print the line number where there was a syntax error


Revision 832 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 1 17:58:42 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: two plugin's messages
// a session is going to be removed
// it is called from session manager's thread (with lock/unlock)
#define WINIX_PREPARE_SESSION_TO_REMOVE          30027

// a session has been removed
// it is called from session manager's thread (with lock/unlock)
// in l1 you have the old session id
#define WINIX_SESSION_REMOVED                    30029



Revision 831 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 30 22:53:54 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
updated: to the new Pikotools API
         ConfParser is now SpaceParser
added:   to SessionManager
         Session * SessionManager::FindSession(long id)


Revision 830 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 28 20:57:57 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: a deadlock counter to Synchro class
       now we can use Lock() more than one in the same thread
       and next Unlock() will recognize it
       sample:
       Lock(); // first lock -- resources locked
       Lock(); // second lock -- skipped (counter incremented)
       ...
       Unlock(); // first unlock -- skipped (because counter greater than zero)
       Unlock(); // second unlock -- actually unlocking

Revision 829 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 25 22:24:37 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: ThreadMenager should use Lock/Unlock in StartAll() method
added: Job class (system->job object)
       a general mechanism for jobs (by using PT::Space as a job structure)
       WINIX_JOB plugin message will be sent with a pointer to PT::Space


Revision 828 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 18:23:44 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: std::wstring Request::subdomain
       support for subdomains


Revision 827 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 22 13:30:07 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: base_url_redirect config option was not read from the config file
       and was not used when checking for base url redirect
fixed: return values from plugins should be given in a special structure
       they were remembered in plugin object (ret_false, ret_true)
       and consequently were not thread safe
       now all plugin.Call() methods return PluginRes structure 
       in which there are ret_false and ret_true variables       
changed: small refactoring in AddUser winix function


Revision 826 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 6 08:11:25 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
changed: permission to winix function 'who' and 'last'
         (only logged users can use these functions)

Revision 825 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 30 06:44:38 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
fixed: passwd winix funtion always changed a password for current user
       (even if it was an administrator and has selected other people)

Revision 824 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 28 00:09:27 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
added: two ezc functions:
       void winix_postvar_value_is(Info & i);
       void winix_postvar_value_is_not(Info & i);


Revision 823 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 17 05:11:23 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
rewritten: sessions management
           (Session, SessionContainer, SessionManager)
           now a Session object don't copy all fields in its copy constructor (only id)
           the rest fields are set after the object is inserted in SessionContainer
added:     after successfully login a session id is changed
added:     plugin.Call() methods with a first argument a pointer to a Session object


Revision 822 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 15 17:50:19 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
reverted last commit (secure flag to cookie) with some info

Revision 821 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 15 10:43:29 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
added: to cookies: flag "; secure" if a connection is through SSL

Revision 820 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 14 20:25:30 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
added:  new plugin message: WINIX_PREPARE_USER_TO_LOGIN
        a user will be logged in
        set PluginInfo::res to false (it is by default) to prevent logging the user
        directly after this message (if you do not return false)
        a WINIX_USER_LOGGED is sent
        in p1 you have a pointer to User struct
        (if at least one plugin returns false then the user will not be logged)


Revision 819 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 12 20:30:36 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile dep (dependencies from pikotools and tito were missing)

Revision 818 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 11 16:21:52 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
added: to misc:
       void OnlyDigit(StringType & s, bool allow_comma = true)
       removes all non-digit characters from a string

Revision 817 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 9 22:56:54 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: misc: ValidateEmail() buffer overflow
added: notifications for resetting a user's password
       (there is no a winix function for this yet)


Revision 816 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 9 02:36:25 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added:   winix function: rmuser
changed: UGContainer<> now uses std::list as a storage
         (previously it was using std::vector with pointers)
removed: now we don't have the operator[] for UGContainer<>


Revision 815 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 3 21:00:48 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: html/fun_pw.html
       default view for pw winix function

Revision 814 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 1 15:39:13 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: export plugin:
         password is stored as a string (in database)

Revision 813 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 1 15:14:46 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: plugin 'menu' incorrectly read directory items when the directory was en empty string
       (the current directory should be used)

Revision 812 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 29 22:52:55 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
corrected: in some places declarations of classes where mixed with struct (class/struct)


Revision 811 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 28 21:13:45 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 810 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 28 21:09:44 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to IsWhite (core/misc)
       other unicode white characters
       25 characters -- without a new line character (10)
added: config option: account_need_email_verification
       if true then when creating an account a user has to provide
       his email address and a message with an activation link will be sent 
       back to him
added: 'pw' winix function (not finished yet)
       at the moment only one parameter 'activate'


Revision 809 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 27 17:43:59 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed:   in winix function 'mv':
         a recurrence loop - incorrect function was called (typo)
updated: to the new EZC api:
         templates from plugin menu
         templates from 'man' winix function

Revision 808 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 24 12:09:38 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
rewritten: plugin 'menu'
           now we have a cache for the plugin
           (this limits the number of database requests)
added:     to plugin 'menu'
           menu_dir_tab can have a 'current' parameter (first argument)
           (it uses the last path from the previous menu_dir_tab) 
changed:   updated to the new EZC api
added:     new message to plugins: WINIX_DIR_ADDED

Revision 807 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 19 00:59:08 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added:   to misc:
         UrlEncode() for char->wstring
         UrlEncode() for wstring->wstring
removed: Request::redirect_url_encoded flag
         the Request::redirect_to string should always be url-encoded
changed: in UrnEncode()
         now characters like '#' and '/' are not allowed in an url
         (will be url-encoded)
         

Revision 806 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 17 05:19:24 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to config:
       parameter: ezc_max_elements
          maximum number for elements through the whole template (ezc)
          default: 50000
       parameter: ezc_max_loop_elements
          maximum number of each [for] loop
          default: 5000 (from ezc generator)
added: to Request class:
       time_t start_time;
       tm start_tm;
       they are set when a request starts
       

Revision 805 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 14 20:35:35 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to misc:
       void MaxSize(StringType & str, size_t max_size)
       if a string is larger than max_size then it is truncated to max_size characters

Revision 804 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 12 14:52:52 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: in DbBase: removed:
       DbBase::AssertQuery(const std::wstring & q)
       there was a recurrence calling (the method called itself)
       we don't need a method which get a wstring as an argument
added: DbBase::AssertQuery(const char * q, ExecStatusType t)
       DbBase::AssertQuery(const DbTextStream & query, ExecStatusType t)
       (AssertQuery with a second argument -- the same as to AssertResult)
       we don't have to use AssertQuery and AssertResult
       only one AssertQuery now
added: to plugins: two messages:
       // preparing a current user to logout
       // send from 'logout' winix function
       // !! IMPROVE ME this message can be sent when winix is making the shutdown
       // (for sessions which are not mark as 'remember me')
       // and when the SessionManager deletes a session (from the special thread)
       #define WINIX_PREPARE_USER_LOGGED_OUT          30610

       // a user has been logged out
       // send from 'logout' winix function
       // in l1 you have the old user_id
       // !! IMPROVE ME this message can be sent when winix is making the shutdown
       // (for sessions which are not mark as 'remember me')
       // and when the SessionManager deletes a session (from the special thread)
       #define WINIX_USER_LOGGED_OUT                          30620


Revision 803 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 10 00:50:05 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: uninitialized variable in 'rm' winix function (in HasAccess method)
       sometimes for directories the rm function could return 'access true' (even without 'r' parameter)


Revision 802 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 10 00:29:54 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
removed: operator<<(const PT::Space * space)
         from textstream, log, dbtextstream, htmltextstream
added: compile option: -pthread


Revision 801 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 24 23:03:36 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added:     now we have a fourth part in permissions (guests)
           e.g.: 07555 means:
           7 for owner
           5 for group
           5 for others
           5 for guests (not logged users)
added:     the sticky bit for directories
           e.g. permissions to a directory with a sticky bit set
           can be set to: 017555
rewritten: rm/mv winix functions to correctly understand the sticky bit
added:     Dir::FollowLink() recognizes ".." and "." now
           consequently System::FollowAllLinks recognizes it too
added:     umask -- calculating privileges for new files/directories
           all users have their own umask (in meta)
           and there is one in the config
           (for guests and when a user has not definied its own one)
removed:   mount option: only_root_remove


Revision 800 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 21 20:51:13 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: to locale: comparing lexicographically two characters/strings
       int Compare(wchar_t c1, wchar_t c2);
       int Compare(const std::wstring & str1, const std::wstring & str2);
       
	   

Revision 799 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 21 17:13:00 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: new ezc filter: fil_first_wordup
       first character in a word is capitalized

Revision 798 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 21 12:29:44 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: plugin ticket: when a session expires all files from editticket were removed 
       it should be removed only those new added

Revision 797 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 19 20:50:42 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: to TextStream<> and Log:
       operator<<(const tm & tm_)


Revision 796 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 18 17:55:28 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated plugins/ticket templates functions

Revision 795 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 17 22:54:41 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
plugin ticket: rewritten templates ezc functions 
               (now images/files are working fine)

Revision 794 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 16 10:12:38 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added:   to templates: an interface for getting information from Space
         miscspace.h, miscspace.cpp
changed: plugin ticket
         now as a config we use a PT::Space struct
         (not finished yet, only 'integer', 'select' and 'progress' are done)

Revision 793 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 03:09:44 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api (with pikotools)

Revision 792 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:24:08 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
now winix is using 'pikotools' (confparser, utf8, mainparser)

Revision 791 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:32:01 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
removing: confparser.h confparser.cpp
          (moving to pikotools)

Revision 790 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 8 03:59:51 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: TextStream<> DbTextStream<> and HtmlTextStream<> have operator<<(Space&) now
added: to db: bool DbBase::AssertValueSpace(PGresult * r, int row, int col, Space & space, bool split_single)
added: environment variables for users
       User::env (of type Space) and
       User::aenv (of type Space) for admin variables (can be changed only by a super user)
added: winix function 'env'
       for changing User::env and User::aenv ('env' winix function with a 'a' parameter)


Revision 789 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 6 12:55:08 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: rewritten templates/man

Revision 788 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 6 12:09:33 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 787 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 6 12:07:23 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: winix function 'man'
       displaying all winix functions and ezc templates functions

Revision 786 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 2 02:05:12 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: plugin 'menu': ezc funtion: menu_dir_tab
         now we have two parameters: first is a path and second is: "images", "dirs", "files" or empty
          

Revision 785 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 17 22:02:49 2011 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
forgotten to add html/index_rawcontent.html

Revision 784 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 17 21:59:22 2011 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: to config: 'content_type_header' parameter
       the kind of "Content-Type" header send to the client
       if utf8 is enabled then 'charset=UTF-8' will also be appended
added: to templates: an index pattern for 'rawcontent'
       used when 'rawcontent' parameter is present
       by default the template has only one [content] ezc function
       useful in AJAX requests       

Revision 783 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 14 20:35:19 2011 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: core/misc: date format in Time() methods

Revision 782 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 8 22:01:19 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added to db stream: DbTextStream::operator<<(const std::vector<long> & tabid)

Revision 781 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 5 18:20:48 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: html (upload winix function)

Revision 780 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 4 19:34:39 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: to htmlfilter: html "col" tag is a 'simple' tag
added: ezc functions: winix_function_param_value_is and winix_function_param_value_is_not
       they take two arguments: param_name and param_value


Revision 779 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 3 19:34:58 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: plugin 'export'
         rewritten changing of strings in html output
         (added support for https:// prefix)

Revision 778 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 2 14:38:26 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: upload template

Revision 777 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 1 20:45:06 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: 'export' plugin can make use of some meta informations (from items)
       additional export currently

Revision 776 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 1 18:54:09 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: a new index template: index_fullscreen.html
       is chosen automatically when 'fullscreen' parameter is passed

Revision 775 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 25 04:51:55 2011 UTC (8 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: in plugin 'menu'
         menu_dir_tab ezc functions can be nested now
         (not finished yet)
added:   'meta' winix function
         additional meta information for files and directories
         (not finished yet)


Revision 774 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 30 23:47:43 2011 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to 'group' plugin: new ezc function: group_tab_is_current_link

Revision 773 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 16 21:33:45 2011 UTC (8 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: GroupItem plugin has been renamed to Group
         it's nearly finished
         now we are using three levels from Space (ConfParser)
         - group set
         - group
         - values
         

Revision 772 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 30 01:33:42 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: plugin messages:
         WINIX_FILE_REMOVED and WINIX_DIR_PREPARE_TO_REMOVE
         now as a parameter we have a pointer to the Item struct
changed: export plugin now exports all files from a directory
         (in the future there'll be an option how the plugin should behave)


Revision 771 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 28 22:24:24 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: FunctionParser skipped a function name after an item (file) if the name was not a name for a function
       it should report a 404 in such a case

Revision 770 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 26 06:56:35 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: menu plugin: static files were not correctly skipped

Revision 769 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 26 06:39:05 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: menu plugin (static files are skipped)

Revision 768 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 26 05:40:26 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: ConfParser -- now we can have a tree (spaces can have more than one level)

Revision 767 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 16 22:46:42 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: we do not make a 'base redirect' when the request method is POST
changed: ConfParser -- now we have spaces (only one level)


Revision 766 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 14 09:56:00 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: we should use SSL connection for such functions as:
         adduser, login

Revision 765 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 13 06:09:06 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 764 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 13 06:08:34 2011 UTC (8 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   UGContainer<Type> used a std::vector<Type> and when a new item was inserted
         then current iterators (and pointers) were invalidated
         now we are using std::vector<Type*>
         this caused some crashes when a new user was added by 'adduser' winix function
added:   plugin 'export' is able to upload files on a remote server now
         (not finished yet)
changed: Thumb class is now called: Image
         and we are able to resize images too
         (some new options in the config and in mount points)
added:   some new plugin messages


Revision 763 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 6 22:46:45 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 762 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 6 22:46:15 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added:   new flag: Request::using_ssl 
         true if the connections is encrypted by using SSL
changed: in BaseUrlRedirect
         we also check if the connection should use SSL 
         and if so then we make a redirect to "https://.."
changed: in 'static' mount points:
         if the request was e.g. "/styles/default.js?t=B49E5BQ"
         we should return a file "/styles/default.js" (without the "?..." part)
         additionally '#' character is checked


Revision 761 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 5 15:38:09 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: some work in Export plugin
changed: in base redirect we are using 301 moved permanently status code now (was 303)

Revision 760 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 29 22:23:54 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: two tables to locales/substitute: smallleters, capitalics
added: locale.ToSmall(wchar_t), locale.ToCapital(wchar_t)
       now we are able to recognize other than ASCII characters
added: static/basic/winix.css with basic styles
removed: [include "item_options.html"] from html templates (fun_cat.html and others)



Revision 759 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 27 03:12:33 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: index templates and 'change' templates were not cleared when 'reload' function was called
       so wrong indexes have been assigned

Revision 758 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 26 20:45:58 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: ezc function: dir_has_parents

Revision 757 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 25 23:53:49 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: Patterns class (in templates)
       ezc patterns are managed by this class
added: some work in groupitem plugin (not finished yet)
changed: ConfParser can read a string from memory now
         (need some testing yet)


Revision 756 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 17 23:10:43 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix ssl api

Revision 755 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 17 23:09:47 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: some more orphans to polish default locale
added: new options to the config:
  url_proto: default: http://
  url_ssl_proto: default: https://
  use_ssl, use_ssl_static, use_ssl_common (whether or not to use SSL protocol)
  use_ssl_only_for_logged_users
  now we are able to use SSL encryption (https) together with normal connections
removed: config option: base_server



Revision 754 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 2 00:10:45 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: new winix function: "sort"
       sorting items in a directory (Item::sort_index is used)

Revision 753 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 28 22:38:39 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 752 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 28 22:18:10 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added:   Export plugin (not finished yet)
added:   ThreadManager
         all threads are connected to the ThreadManager
         they are started/stopped by the manager
changed: FunctionParser
         now we are parsing directly what is in URI
         (we were using GetParser beforehand)
         we are able to recognize ordinary URI scheme (with '?' and '#' characters)
         sample:
         http://domain.com/dir1/dir2/item/function?par1=val2&par2=val2#htmlanchor
         is the same as:
         http://domain.com/dir1/dir2/item/function/par1:val2/par2:val2#htmlanchor
         'htmlanchor' is put in Request::anchor field,
         and the default function can be used like this:
         http://domain.com/dir1/dir2/item?par1=val2&par2=val2#htmlanchor
         but there is not an equivalent in winix form
         e.g. http://domain.com/dir1/dir2/item/par1:val2/par2:val2#htmlanchor
         because 'par1:val2' would be treated as a function name
removed: GetParser
         now we don't have Request::get_tab structure
removed: CKEditorGetParser
         it is not needed now


Revision 751 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 15 02:09:02 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: as we have insert_page ezc function now 
       we cannot delete ezc patterns when PatternCacher::GetPattern() method is called
       because we can delete a pattern which is in use
       now deleting is performed at the end of a request

Revision 750 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 13 23:14:10 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: new plugin: menu
fixed: System::FollowAllLinks didn't check permissions to a file (only to a simlink or a directory)
added: new ezc function: insert_page
       now we are able to nest pages in pages


Revision 749 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 7 17:02:14 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: we can use different redirect codes now
       (int Request::redirect_type variable)
       we can set following integer values:
       300 - Multiple Choices
       301 - Moved Permanently
       302 - Found
       307 - Temporary Redirect
       303 - See Other
       default is 303 for all redirects


Revision 748 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 27 21:38:19 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: a new winix function: passwd
       for changing your password
       or if you are a super user you can
       change a password for anyone
added: uname prints available plugins now


Revision 747 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 24 21:15:24 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile dep and config

Revision 746 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 24 20:53:21 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: winix 'upload' function is a file manager now
         we're using an jquery upload plugin
added:   Item struct has new rows: hash, hash_type, file_size, sort_index
added:   css mount parameter
         you can specify css files there, and javascript wysiwyg editors
         (ckeditor, tinymce) can make use of it
changed: post parsers can parse post variables with the same name
         (a postfix is added in such a case)
added:   common_dir parameter to the config
         this is a path to common directory (directory with common static files)
         it is needed to the 'css' mount parameter
         

Revision 745 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 21 21:24:49 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added:   new winix function: mount
         displaying all mount points
changed: struct Cur has now 'mount' pointer
         we should not use system->mounts.pmount now
         (it will be removed in the future)
changed: all mount point parameters are now propagated to childs mount points
         (if not defined there)


Revision 744 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 21 21:13:26 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 743 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 19 21:07:55 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 742 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 19 21:07:23 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
updated index.html

Revision 741 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 19 20:59:58 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: SLog class -- session logger
       messages are displayed in the browser (with locales)
changed: MountParser
         now if there is an error in a line -- the line is simply skipped
         

Revision 740 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 19 10:40:09 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
deleted some log info

Revision 739 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 15 00:05:27 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 738 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 14 23:45:42 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: a new mount type: static
       some path in winix can be redirected to a specified static directory

Revision 737 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 13 01:06:10 2011 UTC (8 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: nicedit: a new wysiwyg javascript editor

Revision 736 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 9 23:00:00 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: users: flag 'super_user' was not correctly read ftom the database

Revision 735 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 9 21:23:17 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated Makefile.dep and changle.dep and config changed

Revision 734 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 9 21:22:08 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: when winix demonizes it creates a three new descriptors (0, 1 and 3)
         pointing to /dev/null
added:   DbBase::AssertValueBin(PGresult * r, int row, int col, std::string & result)
         it reads binary (bytea) data
added:   DbTextStream can handle 'bool' types now
         (is puts 'true' of 'false' to the stream)
changed: now passwords can be stored either as plain text, a hash or can be encrypted
         with RSA
         currently we have following hashes:
         md4, md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512
         we are using openssl to manage them
         (look at config options for more info)
changed: winix version to 0.4.7         
added:   class Run - you can run any program from os and send a buffer to its standard input
         and read what the program put on its standard output
added:   class Crypt (in System) - calculating hashes, and crypting/decrypting



Revision 733 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 6 22:47:34 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:   now winix will not log post parameters with 'pass' in names (at the beginning)
changed: only first few characters are logged (from POST)

Revision 732 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 6 21:39:13 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changes in Makefile

Revision 731 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 6 20:35:56 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
small changes in Makefiles

Revision 730 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 26 17:19:08 2011 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added:   "str" "strnc" ezc functions
changed: ezc functions:
         "winix_false" to "false"
         "winix_true"  to "true"

Revision 729 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 16 11:27:54 2011 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: BBCODEParser incorrectly worked with the latest changes in HTMLFilter

Revision 728 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 16 08:42:22 2011 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
renamed: config option 'html_filter_break_lines' to 'html_filter_break_word'
added:   config option 'html_filter_wrap_line'
         this wraps the whole line (line calculated with html tags as well)
changed: orphans (for html filter) are read from locale files now
         ('language_orphans' value )


Revision 727 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 2 00:10:16 2011 UTC (9 years ago) by tomek
added support for gzip compression
new config option: compression_encoding (integer)
 1  - use deflate if available (or raw deflate for Internet Explorer) or don't compress
 2  - use gzip if available or don't compress
 10 - prefer deflate -- use deflate (or raw deflate for IE) if both deflate and gzip are available
 20 - prefer gzip    -- use gzip if both deflate and gzip are available
 default: 20

		   

Revision 726 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 1 16:30:14 2011 UTC (9 years ago) by tomek
updated 'galleria' js plugin

Revision 725 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 23 17:54:53 2011 UTC (9 years ago) by tomek
fixed: thread plugin didn't correctly set the last item and replies (in 'thread' table)
       when deleting an answer
added: ThreadInfo::Repair() method
       will be used by 'fsck' winix function       
added: plugins/groupitem 
       directory for a new plugin: 'groupitem'
       

Revision 724 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 28 18:46:54 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed Makefile

Revision 723 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 24 17:06:41 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 722 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 24 17:06:12 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: removed Languages::Land enum
now we set the languages in the config file: option locale_files, sample:
  locale_files = ( en, pl )
it represents the name of locale files (those from locale_dir directory)
renamed config option: locale to locale_default

Revision 721 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 22 04:14:26 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added ezc function: winix_function_param_is_not

Revision 720 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 18 09:35:35 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
txt templates (a new line was missing)

Revision 719 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 18 09:33:15 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: a new created session doesn't have a correct time set

Revision 718 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 15 23:20:12 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to gallery plugin: gallery_theme() mount option

Revision 717 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 11 21:37:28 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: mount options: thumb_size(cx, cy)
       size of a generated thumbnail (size in pixels)
added: plugin gallery: mount option gallery_type
       it can be:
       "lightbox"
       "galleria"
       "galleriathumb"

Revision 716 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 31 15:51:53 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added a new plugin: "gallery"

Revision 715 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 27 14:35:25 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed templates

Revision 714 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 27 12:24:45 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: ticket templates
added: new plugin message (WINIX_END_REQUEST)

Revision 713 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 26 12:46:13 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed locales and Makefile

Revision 712 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 26 12:45:38 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: winix uses now [filter] statement from ezc
added: notifications to threads (were temporarily disabled)
changed: templates in notifications


Revision 711 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 11:54:46 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: Q encoding in misc: QEncode()
for mails headers encoding


Revision 710 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 23 23:23:24 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: find_ticket_value (in plugins/ticket/templates.cpp)
should find the first item (can be more than one item with the same 'param')

fixed: added sorting tickets params in ReadTicketParams() (in plugins/ticket/ticketinfo.cpp)

fixed: plugin should have its own 'PluginInfo info' struct
a plugin's function can call another plugin's functions

added: removing tickets files/images

added: removing threads

changed: rm function will call WINIX_FILE_REMOVED now when deleting directories




Revision 709 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 23 23:09:48 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 708 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 23 14:15:30 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: added Cur structure
we have there two pointers: 
 Request * request;
 Session * session;
these are the current request and the current session


the session GC was moved to SessionManager (was in SessionContainer)


Revision 707 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 21 16:16:52 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added in ticket/templates.cpp binary search for tickets and tickets parameters

Revision 706 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 20 18:37:51 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
'tickets' can use 'threads' now

Revision 705 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 5 21:44:19 2011 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
moved some thread files to plugins/thread

Revision 704 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 5 21:24:11 2011 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
we can create links (hard links, symbolic links) now
added winix functions: ln

winix function 'default' can be used without redirecting now

added new tickets types: TypeProgress, TypeString, TypeMultistring, TypeImages, TypeFiles
now tickets are combined with files
added winix functions: showtickets

fixed mountpoints:
when the default root mount was created its parameter table was empty
and it caused accessing to a non-existing objects

fixed logger:
modifiers (log1, log2, log3) were incorrectly treated
added modifier: log4 (debug info)

now we are moving threads to a new plugin 'thread'
created directory: plugins/thread
(not finished yet)



Revision 703 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 12 09:41:20 2010 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed cat template

Revision 702 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 12 09:26:17 2010 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 701 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 12 09:25:36 2010 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
Thumb thread should check the exit signal

Revision 700 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 11 22:55:48 2010 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added a special thread for making thumbnails (thumb.h thumb.cpp)

Revision 699 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 10 21:20:10 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 698 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 10 21:20:01 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed makefile

Revision 697 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 10 21:07:38 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 696 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 10 21:07:01 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed organization of static files
removed: item.auth item.auth_path
added:   item.file_path, item.file_fs, item.file_type
now the path to a static file is a relative path
added: thumbnails (not finished yet)
fixed: db didn't correctly return the number of deleted items /DelItem() method/



Revision 695 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 7 18:18:45 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added a special default function: "-"
the proper default function will be selected automatically

Revision 694 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 7 17:41:28 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added to config: session_max
how many sessions can be: default 1000000 (one milion)

Revision 693 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 7 12:52:52 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: gc for sessions (another thread)

Revision 692 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 01:37:50 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: templates


Revision 691 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 01:37:30 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added ezc function: user_is_in_all_groups
changed: ezc function user_is_in_group (we can provide more than one group now)

Revision 690 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 00:32:12 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile

Revision 689 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 00:28:29 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed config

Revision 688 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 00:25:46 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
db: core/user table has only 'notify' column now (previous was cms_notify, thread_notify)
added: notifications for tickets (not finished yet)

Revision 687 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 2 02:36:49 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed path templatesnotifiy/ to notify/
i forgot to add a file: notify/notify.cpp

Revision 686 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 2 02:16:11 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
moved: templatesnotify -> notify

Revision 685 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 2 01:02:02 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
- now the mess with threads has gone away
- we have a class BaseThread -- this is a base class -- we can inherit from it when
  creating a new thread
- others treads are correctly stopped (when signal comes) -- pthread_join
- we have a special thread only for signals


Revision 684 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 25 22:42:24 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: updated to the new ezc api, this with O(1) when looking for a specific ezc function
changed: sessions are deleted at the end of a request (and only a few sessions)
         other sessions will be deleted after a next request

Revision 683 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 25 01:35:30 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 682 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 25 01:34:46 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   uptime winix function prints how many sessions there are

changed: functions for text/numbers conversions
         int Toi(const std::string & str,  int base = 10);
         int Toi(const std::wstring & str, int base = 10);
         int Toi(const char * str,         int base = 10);
         int Toi(const wchar_t * str,      int base = 10);

         long Tol(const std::string & str,  int base = 10);
         long Tol(const std::wstring & str, int base = 10);
         long Tol(const char * str,         int base = 10);
         long Tol(const wchar_t * str,      int base = 10);

         template<class CharType>
         bool Toa(unsigned long value, CharType * buffer, size_t buf_len, int base = 10);

         template<class CharType>
         bool Toa(long value, CharType * buffer, size_t buf_len, int base = 10);

         template<class CharType>
         bool Toa(unsigned int value, CharType * buffer, size_t buf_len, int base = 10);

         template<class CharType>
         bool Toa(int value, CharType * buffer, size_t buf_len, int base = 10);

         const wchar_t * Toa(unsigned int value,  int base = 10);
         const wchar_t * Toa(unsigned long value, int base = 10);
         const wchar_t * Toa(int value,  int base = 10);
         const wchar_t * Toa(long value, int base = 10);

         void Toa(int  value, std::string & res,  int base = 10, bool clear = true);
         void Toa(long value, std::string & res,  int base = 10, bool clear = true);
         void Toa(int  value, std::wstring & res, int base = 10, bool clear = true);
         void Toa(long value, std::wstring & res, int base = 10, bool clear = true);

added:   HtmlTextStream class (files htmltextstream.cpp htmltextstream.h in templates)
         this is a special stream for automatically escaping html tags
	     


Revision 681 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 23 21:52:59 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
dependency changed

Revision 680 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 23 21:52:25 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   when signal comes winix properly exits
fixed:   when winix exits the session data were not properly destroyed (memory leak)
         we should set request.session pointer to each session when deleting sessions
         from session_container
         the session data were not properly destroyed when winix checked for 
         outdated sessions (and when it was removing them)
fixed:   performance (memcpy used too often)
         in some places there were reserve method used (on std::wstring/std::string objects)
         especially in AssignString() method and TextStream<> object
         if we add a new string we should check the new size
         and only call reserve() if the new size will be greater than existing one
         (plus some constant)
changed: fcgi objects moved to App class (from Request)
         now we use thread safe methods (e.g. FCGX_Accept_r)
added:   log_plugin_call option to the config
         default: false
         when true winix log when a plugin function is called
added:   winix parameter 'nostat' for not calculating statistics
         (useful when making performance tests)

Revision 679 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 22 01:12:46 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added ezc functions: winix_false, winix_true

Revision 678 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 21 00:20:18 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api (with UTF-8)

Revision 677 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 21 00:19:17 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added support for UTF-8
now the UTF-8 is a default charset

Revision 676 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 4 17:13:13 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: didn't compile

Revision 675 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 4 17:07:06 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated templates

Revision 674 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 4 17:05:59 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added temporary debug info to Notify::ItemChanged() method

Revision 673 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 4 16:46:19 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added a new winix function "vim" - an editor based on the WYMeditor

Revision 672 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 25 18:00:23 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to htmlfilter: param tag has not an ending tag

Revision 671 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 19:31:43 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: some log problems

Revision 670 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 19:27:49 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix

Revision 669 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 19:26:54 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
now winix can demonize itself
parameter in the config: demonize (default: true)
 

Revision 668 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 17:49:38 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
winix can drop privileges now (if started as the root)
added parameters to the config:
 user (string)
 group (string)
 additional_groups (bool)


Revision 667 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 23 23:51:44 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
rm function can remove tickets now

Revision 666 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 23 23:12:47 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: there were mktime() used on some dirs Items 
       so sometimes the time of the dir was changed

now for converting tm into time_t use:
time_t Time(const tm & par);
time_t Time(const tm * par);
tm     Time(time_t par);
from core/misc.h

now winix internally use GMT time
only when printing it is converted to local user time
temporarily all users use the same local time (config: time_zone_offset)
(only logs are genereted with local system time)

added to system:
time_t LocalTime(time_t gmt_time);
tm     LocalTime(const tm * ptm);
tm     LocalTime(const tm & ptm);
they convert GMT time to local user time



Revision 665 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 23 14:54:44 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added 'stat' winix function

Revision 664 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:31:20 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: now plugin ticket uses a new horizontal table (plugins.ticket)
columns: dir_id, param, value
we are able to build complicated tickets 


Revision 663 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 20:42:49 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added ticket parser: plugins/ticket/ticketparser.h plugins/ticket/ticketparser.cpp

Revision 662 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 9 20:27:45 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: DbBase::ConvertTime(tm) should not have been used in this way as it was
       (it uses a static buffer)
       now DbTextStream can get tm struct so you don't have to use ConvertTime 

Revision 661 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 1 23:43:36 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
dependencies

Revision 660 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 1 23:20:03 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added to core/misc:
  bool EqualNoCase(const std::string & str1, const std::string & str2)

Revision 659 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 30 20:58:20 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: ticket sets a default function only for directories
fixed: reading a new url and subject in Functions::ReadItem()
added: tickets are sorted now (by date)


Revision 658 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 22:41:34 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
moved: plugins/ticket/ticket.cpp -> plugins/ticket/templates.cpp

Revision 657 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 21:24:34 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tickets has been moved to a new plugin 'ticket'

Revision 656 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 18 00:57:27 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 655 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 18 00:51:12 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: TextStream a class similar to std::ostringstream
       but with a Clear() method
       the dynamic allocated buffer can be easily reused
added: DbTextStream a special version of a stream
       used to create a database string query
       everything is escaped by default
added: DbBase a base class with some basic methods for communicating
       with the database
added: DbConn a class for managing connection to the database
changed: some refactoring in Db class       


Revision 654 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 10:20:20 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
creating winix/db directory (for the database class)

Revision 653 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 12 23:39:26 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile

Revision 652 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 12 23:33:27 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: mount points
mount type and mount fs are of type 'int' now
they can be added by plugins

Revision 651 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 7 23:54:45 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed templates


Revision 650 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 7 23:54:01 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed: notification's template
added: notifications in tickets

Revision 649 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 18:58:24 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: there was missing html/fun_editticket.html template

Revision 648 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 21:19:30 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: to stats plugin: microsoft bing searcher

Revision 647 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 23:48:42 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: plugins path

Revision 646 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 23:40:10 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed makefile

Revision 645 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 23:33:27 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed makefile

Revision 644 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 23:19:03 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added local config

Revision 643 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 22:32:47 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: plugins_dir to config
small changes in makefiles

Revision 642 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 14:15:37 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: method ConfParser::UseEscapeChar(bool escape)

Revision 641 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 17:56:07 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
html code in editors (emacs, ckeditor...) is filtered now for normal users
(root is allowed to use any html code)

Revision 640 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 17:07:13 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
removed some debug logs from emacs

Revision 639 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 16:55:16 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
emacs didn't correctly report errors from db

Revision 638 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 16:23:18 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
now winix waites for the database to be ready (when the operating system starts)

Revision 637 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 14:45:25 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
small changes in template winix function

Revision 636 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 20:04:57 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
some improvement in templates
(now we have O(1) time for selecting the right html template)
added: winix function: template
for selecting a template for an item (file or dir)


Revision 635 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 19:10:12 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
part II of rewriting

Revision 634 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 11 15:47:44 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed method: void PostMultiParser::ReadContentToFileLoop()
previous version was not clean

Revision 633 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 11 10:00:23 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: PostMultiParser incorrectly logged the size of input items (those which were not files)

Revision 632 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 20:44:29 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated templates

Revision 631 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 20:43:38 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
removed some thread and ticket information from request
they are in FunThread and FunTicket classes now
added funtion FunUptime (I forgot about it)


Revision 630 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 17:05:19 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
I have forgotten to create classes: Ckeditor and Tinymce (in functions)

Revision 629 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 16:14:17 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 628 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 16:12:50 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
the first part of reimplementing has been done
now we have app object and singletons are only: log logn plugin and app


Revision 627 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 2 18:37:40 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.3.3 of winix

Revision 626 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 2 18:36:17 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: [dir_last_url_is] to templates

Revision 625 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 20:42:54 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new plugin api

Revision 624 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 20:41:56 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way how plugins work
all your plugin functions can have signature either:
void my_function(PluginInfo & info); or
void my_function();
only the main Init should have:
extern "C" void Init(PluginFunction & info);

added: directory 'plugins' for plugins
added: 'stats' plugin
		  

Revision 623 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 21 17:24:16 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in htmlfilter: <area> should be treated as single tag
changed: ConfParser is abble to recognize lists

Revision 622 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 23:08:21 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new version of ezc

Revision 621 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 23:07:34 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new version of ezc

Revision 620 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 5 17:22:30 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: progress bar (image) to tickets table

Revision 619 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 5 15:21:06 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
small refactoring

Revision 618 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 4 20:27:14 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: parameters consist of a name and a value now
       sample: /dir/dir2/function/paramname:paramvalue
removed: TemplatesMisc namespace


Revision 617 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 15:40:18 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: a mount parameter html_template() was not properly read when mountpoints were reloaded

Revision 616 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 19:56:32 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: "edit" button on threads

Revision 615 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 18:42:50 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: bbcode
       files: core/bbcodeparser.h core/bbcodeparser.cpp

Revision 614 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 21:09:37 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
struct Item has modification_user_id (long) now
this is the id of a user who has modified the item recently
this is only for information, persmissions don't use it

Revision 613 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 13:05:49 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
debug

Revision 612 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 13:01:56 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
debugging info

Revision 611 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 23:53:19 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: mount option: html_template(file.html)
       files: indexpatterns.h indexpatterns.cpp
removed: templates/index_root.html
        its content was moved to index.html

Revision 610 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 13:10:53 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
html templates

Revision 609 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 13:10:42 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
html templates

Revision 608 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 20 22:47:53 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
updated to new winix api

Revision 607 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 20 22:47:24 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: a new editor: tinymce (function tinymce)
added: html filter can check orphans: "i", "a", "o" ... in a text

Revision 606 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 5 19:44:49 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: cp function for directories
added: emacs/mkdir uses group_id of the parent directory when creating new items
added: parameter 'dirls' to ls function

Revision 605 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 3 17:38:18 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: function cp (only for files)

Revision 604 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 20:42:13 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed html templates

Revision 603 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 30 21:08:28 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 602 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 30 21:07:46 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated to new version of Ezc

Revision 601 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 20 18:33:33 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: sessiondata.h

Revision 600 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 20 18:28:19 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added function: uname
added function: subject - for changing a subject

Revision 599 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 21:59:00 2010 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 598 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 21:58:22 2010 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: sessions data for plugins (plugindata.h plugindata.cpp)

Revision 597 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 17:09:45 2010 UTC (10 years ago) by tomek
added: 'rm' function can remove auth content now

Revision 596 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 01:47:26 2010 UTC (10 years ago) by tomek
added: to the Item: auth_path - a path to a static file (if auth is different from auth_none)
added: function 'mv' (move)


Revision 595 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 28 21:33:26 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 594 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 28 21:33:06 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
removed: Done class (core/done.h, core/done.cpp)
removed: from Session: done, done_status, timers


Revision 593 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 28 00:08:10 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: function adduser
changed: errors (removed enum, there are macros now)
added: error messages to locales (winix_err_NN)
removed: templates: err_abuse.html err_others.html

Revision 592 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 23 15:07:50 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed css

Revision 591 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 23 14:41:39 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed templates

Revision 590 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 22 22:52:42 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix config

Revision 589 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 22 22:52:09 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: parameter 'l' to 'ls' function
added: Db::ItemQuery struct for querying items
changed: some refactoring (renamed some config variables)



Revision 588 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 18 23:30:22 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to mount points: file systems
       we have two file systems now:
       - simplefs - the files stored on the hard drive have the same structure as in the database (dir1/dir2/file)
       - hashfs - files are stored in special directories
extented: the mountparser can read file system 
added: function download
       this is a default function for items which have static content
  

Revision 587 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 16 18:34:41 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: functions: chmod, chown

Revision 586 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 16 00:37:00 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: parameter 'r' to priv function
       all directories and files can be changed

Revision 585 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 15 18:22:16 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
modified templates

Revision 584 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 15 01:01:27 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile


Revision 583 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 15 00:34:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated to the new winix api

Revision 582 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 15 00:31:14 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: Config::Text() returned a reference to a local variable (std::string)
added: 'static' directory with *.css and images
       we have a default layout
moved: locale from data to templates       
       notification templates have its own locale object
added: reload function reloades locale now too
added: 'nice' form of item_info in templates


Revision 581 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 14 14:28:43 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added static dir

Revision 580 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 14 13:50:35 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed structure of static dir

Revision 579 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 13 20:14:44 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
I forgot to commit loadavg.h and loadavg.cpp

Revision 578 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 13 20:13:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated makefiles.dep

Revision 577 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 13 20:12:15 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: calculation of load averages and requests per second
       (uptime function shows it)

Revision 576 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 23:17:52 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed css styles 

Revision 575 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 23:16:13 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: upload function
         select file type by the extension
         param: multi
fixed:   uptime function
         it showed incorrect uptime time (minuts were badly calculated)

Revision 574 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 18:01:08 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated config

Revision 573 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 17:06:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added to config: parameter static_auth_dir_tmp
with a path to directory for tmp files (for upload function)


Revision 572 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 17:05:32 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added to config: parameter static_auth_dir_tmp
with a path to directory for tmp files (for upload functino)


Revision 571 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 12 16:39:09 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: loggin to upload.cpp

Revision 570 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 11 21:24:44 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed Makefile install

Revision 569 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 11 21:04:53 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: sprintf %d in uptime function


Revision 568 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 11 20:57:33 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
updated html templates

Revision 567 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 11 20:56:52 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: functions: ckeditor, uptime
added: for function: login - a html pattern for GET request

Revision 566 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 8 20:02:16 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: to templates: item_url_is and dir_last_url


Revision 565 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 6 14:08:44 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: 'rm' function can work with tickets

Revision 564 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 21:10:04 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added log_request to the config

Revision 563 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 21:09:48 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: log is saved after some requests (config: log_request value) (performance)

Revision 562 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 15:40:51 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
deleted locale/en

Revision 561 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 15:40:34 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: html templates are a part of winix now

Revision 560 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 15:39:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: rename cmslu to winix
changed: html templates are a part of winix now
         and the user can provide special html templates for its site
added:   locales
added:   html templates are using HtmlFilter now (locales)
changed: now we have html templates for each language


Revision 559 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 26 19:07:40 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
renaming cmslu to winix

Revision 558 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 26 19:02:21 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moving html templates to cmslu

Revision 557 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 25 07:27:18 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: not logged users cannot edit a ticket

Revision 556 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 25 07:04:34 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: not logged users are not allowed to remove anything
       (temporarily - we're waiting for the sticky bit)

Revision 555 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 25 05:06:45 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added html templates for tickets

Revision 554 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 25 04:52:17 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added:   issues ticket system
         added functions: ticket, createticket, editticket
         (there is no 'rm' function working for tickets yet)
changed: mount parser and mount points
         now we have more parameters (arguments in parameters)
some refactoring in functions 'emacs' and 'mkdir'


Revision 553 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 16:41:23 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: there was a wrong template used for 404 header

Revision 552 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 15:09:31 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: access to content type should not be checked when generating a page

Revision 551 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 14:59:19 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: content type was always 'formatted text' (in emacs when creating a new item)

Revision 550 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 14:52:19 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: content type in templates for 'emacs' and 'createthread'

Revision 549 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 14:47:52 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: item content type: raw

Revision 548 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 7 14:45:16 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: config

Revision 547 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 7 14:45:00 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: default values for variables read from the config file

Revision 546 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 19:38:14 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: static_auth_dir to the config


Revision 545 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 19:36:29 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: static_auth_dir to config

Revision 544 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 19:18:51 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: templates/fun_upload.html

Revision 543 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 19:17:53 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: parser for multipart forms, files: postmultiparser.h postmultiparser.cpp 
added: function: upload



Revision 542 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 30 22:17:22 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile

Revision 541 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 30 20:51:18 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new version of cmslu
added: directory error_info with html pages for errors


Revision 540 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 30 20:46:12 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   dots in url-es (now only one dot is available in the whole name and it cannot be only one dot ".")
added:   cmslu can act as an authorizer (fast cgi authorize role)
added:   Item::static_auth we can have additional static content on the file system
         this content is authorized through cmslu (fastcgi authorizer mode)
changed: some changes in config
changed: the way how the www server is using cmslu
         added new virtuals: static static_auth
changed: cmslu returns correct http headers (200, 404, 403)
changed: in cookie parser: we get the last cookie (if the server has more than one cookie with the same name)


Revision 539 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 19 19:46:15 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: exception for the Konqueror browser
       it has a problem with deflate compression

Revision 538 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 01:26:34 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changes: css/templates

Revision 537 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 00:52:14 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: templates


Revision 536 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 00:52:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: notification times

Revision 535 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 00:43:39 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: css/templates

Revision 534 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 00:42:40 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
* added: class HTMLFilter
         files: htmlfilter.h htmlfilter.cpp
         this is an html filter used to make the html output looking better
         this is a very lightweight filter
         (without using any dynamic memory - some memory is allocated only at the beginning - in ctors)
         this filter has O(n) complexity over the whole html string
* added: antyspamming method
         if the POST request is sent too fast after the GET
         it is treated as a spam
         only for no logged users and only in 'emacs' and 'createthread' functions
       

Revision 533 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 4 05:04:51 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
small changes in styles.css

Revision 532 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 4 05:03:44 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
small changes in Makefile
now the binaries are in local 'bin' directory
(use make install)

Revision 531 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 21 00:08:08 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: SessionParser::ReadLong() can read negative values

Revision 530 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 20 23:10:50 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: checkbox 'remember me' when logging

Revision 529 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 20 23:09:52 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: 'remember me' flag when logging
added: the session file
       sessions can still be available between starting and stopping the cmslu system

Revision 528 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 18 01:58:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
removed: hidden variable 'old_url' in emacs template

Revision 527 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 18 01:58:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
removed: hidden variable 'old_url' in emacs template

Revision 526 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 18 00:34:51 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed emacs template


Revision 525 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 17 01:07:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
I have forgotten to add templates/rebus.cpp to the repository

Revision 524 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 17 01:04:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
some changes in templates

Revision 523 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 17 01:04:01 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
refactoring

Revision 522 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 16 23:37:07 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
small changes in templates

Revision 521 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 16 23:36:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: Rebus
       (when no logged user wants to send a message then he is asked a question)

Revision 520 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 16 17:44:56 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: template: fun_reload.html for reload function
small changes in html templates

Revision 519 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 16 17:43:23 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the core didn't test for special folder when system was running
       (now mkdir addes correctly special folders)
added: function 'reload'
       param: 'templates' - reloading templates

Revision 518 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 15 23:55:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: mount points are read from db: /etc/fstab
changed: mount points parser allows empty lines (with some white characters)

Revision 517 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 13 20:59:08 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: support for the new plugin system

Revision 516 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 13 20:40:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: plugin mechanism
       files: core/plugin.h core/plugin.cpp core/pluginmsg.h
added: directory 'main' with main.cpp (moved from 'core' directory)
changed: the way of building
       nearly everything is in cmslu.so
       only main() is in cmslu and is dynamically linked with cmslu.so


Revision 515 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 8 17:59:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: acceptbaseparser.h acceptbaseparser.cpp
       class AcceptBaseParser for parsing http accept* headers
added: acceptencodingparser.h
       class AcceptEncodingParser for parsing HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING header
added: compresion only when HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING has 'deflate'
       and the browser is not the Internet Explorer

Revision 514 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 5 19:12:18 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.3.0 of cmslu 

Revision 513 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 30 22:32:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: support for notifications from cmslu

Revision 512 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 30 22:31:20 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: notifications to users' emails
       (core/notify.h core/notify.cpp)
       templatesnotify directory
       all notifications are managed by a second thread

Revision 511 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 21 23:05:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: support for output compression

Revision 510 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 21 22:57:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: support for output compression

Revision 509 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 8 18:40:34 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of displaying tv program

Revision 508 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 7 22:17:07 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: mount points

Revision 507 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 7 22:16:46 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: html templates

Revision 506 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 7 02:40:27 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: column 'guest_name' to 'item' table
       used when user_id is -1
added: mount parameters: thread_with_info, thread_with_header
added: function rm can remove threads


Revision 505 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 5 20:29:06 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: forum
added: mount params can have arguments (in parentheses)
added: mount params: withheader, withinfo, restrictcreatethread, only_root_can_remove,
       can_use_emacs_on(level), can_use_mkdir_on(level), 
added: table Item has 'subject' column now
removed: column 'subject' from table Content



Revision 504 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 5 20:21:44 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: html templates

Revision 503 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 21 19:27:16 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: macro APPPREPARE
       void AppFunction(int code);


Revision 502 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 21 20:51:48 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of building
         in Makefile(s) we dont longer use explicitly a variable 'o = file1.o file2.o...'
         it was put into Makefile.o.dep and is generated automatically
         when 'make depend' is invoked
changed: used only cmslu.a from cmslu

Revision 501 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 21 20:50:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of building
         core.a content.a templates.a confparser.a have gone away
	 there is only: cmslu.a now (in the global directory 'cmslu')
changed: the way of building
         in Makefile(s) we dont longer use explicitly a variable 'o = file1.o file2.o...'
	 it was put into Makefile.o.dep and is generated automatically 
         when 'make depend' is invoked
changed: some #include "..." directives were put from *.h to *.cpp files
         fewer dependences

Revision 500 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 20 23:50:01 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: makefiles dep

Revision 499 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 20 23:49:28 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: mount points have parameters now
added: to the database: table 'thread'


Revision 498 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 20 23:45:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: templates/item_tab_info.html

Revision 497 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 20 21:10:31 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: a small problem in mountparser (it coused core dumped when there was a wrong mount point supplied)
fixed: 'default' funtion can take a directory now (there was an error early)

Revision 496 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 20 20:22:35 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: put info about logging out a user (to 'last' table) (when a session expires)

Revision 495 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 19 22:13:21 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: mount points
       (reading /etc/fstab from db not working yet)
       core/mount.h
       core/mountparser.h
       core/mountparser.cpp
       core/mounts.h
       core/mounts.cpp
       content/thread.cpp
       content/createthread.cpp
       templates/thread.cpp       


Revision 494 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 19 22:09:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: templates: fun_thread.html fun_createthread.html

Revision 493 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 16 02:04:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: templates/fun_last.html

Revision 492 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 16 01:59:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: container LastContainer (lastcontainer.h lastcontainer.cpp)
       it consists of last logged users
added: function 'last'

Revision 491 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 16 01:58:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added h1.simple to css

Revision 490 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 22 23:57:32 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added: a small info below headers (author, date)
added: template: fun_run.html
added: directory 'http' - the root directory to the www server

Revision 489 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 22 23:54:15 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added: date_creation and date_modification to items
changed: function 'run' is using a template: fun_run.html
         there is: [item_run] called from this template

Revision 488 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 15 05:33:02 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: a link the radio in templates

Revision 487 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 13:12:03 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: DirContainer - uses std::list instead of std::vector as the main container
         we do not have to rebuild indexes after deleting some items
added:   DirContainer::DelById(long id)
changed: Dirs::CheckRootDir() addes the root dir if there is no one
added:   Dirs::DeleteDir(long id) - deletes specified directory (and its contents)
         (from the cache and the database)
added:   Db::DelDirById(long id) - deletes a dir from the database 
         and its first children
added:   standard function rm can delete directories

Revision 486 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 13:04:16 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: small work especially the rm function

Revision 485 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 06:57:29 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: templates/who.html

Revision 484 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 06:54:35 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: parameter session_max_iddle in the config file
       old sessions are deleted 

Revision 483 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 06:53:36 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: SessionContainer special container used by SessionManager
       sessions are indexed by id and time (last used time)
changed: old sessions are deleted
       parameter: session_max_iddle in the config file
added: function 'who'

Revision 482 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 27 18:43:44 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the way AppDb works (pg_conn and Connect method)

Revision 481 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 27 18:43:03 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the way AppDb works (pg_conn and Connect method)

Revision 480 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 21:21:07 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: not logging (headers and body)

Revision 479 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 21:08:42 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
default.item has to be default.cpp

Revision 478 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 20:54:29 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
initial import of slimaczek.pl

Revision 477 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 20:53:20 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory slimaczek.pl/trunk

Revision 476 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 20:52:37 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory slimaczek.pl

Revision 475 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 20:49:28 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of building the cmslu
         main Makefile is in an application directory
         in cmslu/ there are only libraries:
         core.a content.a confparser.a templates.a
added:   macros APPTEMPLATES APPFUNCTIONS
         defined in the application's Makefile
added:   PatternCacher
added:   cmslu function 'run'
         files which have exec permissions
         can be run (run is a default function)
         after read from the database the content is parsed
         into Ezc::Pattern object, this object is then cached
         in PatternCacher
added:   FunctionCodeParser - will be used to parse the code
         from standard functions (ls/cat/...)

Revision 474 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 14 20:11:12 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: cmslu building
         Makefile from cmslu/ builds only: confparser.a content.a core.a templates.a
         the proper *.fcgi file is created from an application
changed: all cmslu functions have english names (ls, emacs, etc)
fixed:   function: login/logout are placed where there are permissions

Revision 473 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 31 18:28:12 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: function: default
       changes the default item in a directory

Revision 472 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 31 13:40:23 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
I forgot to commit content/mkdir.cpp

Revision 471 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 31 13:36:46 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: function: mkdir

Revision 470 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 30 01:59:38 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.2.0 of cmslu

Revision 469 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 30 01:05:03 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added:   created directory 'content' which has Content:: files
added:   created directory 'templates' which has Templates:: and TemplatesFunctions:: files
changed: content.cpp split into many files (directory 'content')
changed: templates.cpp split into many files (directory 'templates')
added:   full permissions
changed: building of the program (GNU make is used now)
         Makefile and Makefile.dep added into directories
added:   a parser 'FunctionParser'
         is used to parse the GET string
         it recognizes directories, items, functions, functions parameters
added:   other classes: Function, Functions 
added:   function: ls, privileges
changed: function 'id' to 'node'
changed: version: to 0.2.0
added/changed: a lot of work have been done

Revision 468 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 22 16:03:03 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: there is one dir called root (has parent_id -1)
         (we have an owner, group, privileges etc of the root dir)
         the root.id of course is not -1 

Revision 467 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 21 21:17:09 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: privileges (user, groups, permissions)
       (not finished yet)
       classes: User, Group, Users, Groups, UGContainer
changed: Dir class into Dirs

Revision 466 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 14 05:28:28 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: db: table item: url_subject into url
changed: item.url_subject into item.url
changed: a new table: content
         with: id, subject, content, content_type
         (those from the item table)
         it helps to create hard links

Revision 465 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 12 03:11:29 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: config: base_url_redirect
       when true the server checks whether HTTP_HOST environment variable
       is the same as base_url from the config (of course without the 'http://' part
       and the last slash) - if it's not the same then the server
       redirects you into a new location base_url+REQUEST_URI
changed: variables env_* from Request are never null (after Request::Read())
       if the server didn't set such a variable it will be pointing into an empty string "\0"

Revision 464 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 11 02:48:25 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
I forgot to add config.h and config.cpp into the repository

Revision 463 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 11 02:46:16 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: program reads its configuration from a config file
added: confparser directory and confparser.h and confparser.cpp
       class ConfParser used to parse a config file
       this is a generic parser, can be used by another project
added: config.h, config.cpp
       class Config used for assigning values from 
       a config file into the data object
added: function for signals: SIGINT, SIGHUP
       after receiving SIGHUP the program will read
       its config file again

Revision 462 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 04:46:13 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.1.0 of cmslu

Revision 461 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 04:44:39 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
creating directory cmslu/tags

Revision 460 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 04:42:49 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
import the first version of cmslu

Revision 459 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 04:41:09 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
creating directory cmslu/trunk

Revision 458 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 04:40:32 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
creating directory cmslu

Revision 457 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 23 14:43:02 2014 UTC (5 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: some info about this script

Revision 456 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 4 01:13:17 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: checking for global /mingw/include and /mingw/lib at startup
fixed: rm $dir -> rm -rf $dir


Revision 455 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 21 20:59:58 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
importing compile-mingw32.sh

Revision 454 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 21 20:57:10 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
creating mingwscripts/trunk

Revision 453 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 21 20:56:13 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
creating mingwscripts directory 
scripts for building mingw (binutils, gmp, mpfr, mpc, mingwrt, gcc)

Revision 452 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 20 15:35:39 2014 UTC (5 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: names of locale files (in creating the setup program)

Revision 451 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 10 10:48:20 2014 UTC (6 years ago) by tomek
changed: now it is case insensitive when sorting by names (only english characters)


Revision 450 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 4 23:36:48 2014 UTC (6 years ago) by tomek
fixed: in Parser: in method SetDegRadGrad(int angle)
       there is incorrectly use || operator (the && shoud be used)
       reported by heby on the ttmath forum

Revision 449 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 12 16:26:48 2014 UTC (6 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: prefix/namespace Winix:: when using winix logger



Revision 448 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 28 22:21:10 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   to membuffer: 
         template<typename in_item_type>
         void append(const in_item_type * item_array, size_t len);
         when adding values from item_array are casted to the type of the internal buffer
changed: some minor optimizations in Space (in Add() methods with WTextStream as an argument)
changed: removed following write() methods from TextStreamBase:
         TextStreamBase & write(const char * buf,    size_t len);
         TextStreamBase & write(const wchar_t * buf, size_t len);
         and added a template instead:
         template<typename in_buffer_type>
         TextStreamBase & write(const in_buffer_type * buf, size_t len);
         this allows to write char* buffer to TextStreamBase<wchar_t...> (and vice versa)
added:   two write() methods to TextStreamBase:
         write(const char * format, double val);
         write(const wchar_t * format, double val);
         converting double value to the text (format is the same as in snprintf)



Revision 447 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 25 03:39:51 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added some files/directories to svn:ignore


Revision 446 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 17 21:53:53 2013 UTC (6 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: renamed a local variable in Generator (it did not compile)


Revision 445 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 7 10:16:10 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: possibility to generate output to more than one stream
       Generate() methods can take std::vector with pointers to streams
added: 'ezc' keyword -- currently only for selecting streams
       e.g.
       [ezc stream "0" "3"] - after now the output is generated to streams 0 and 3
  

Revision 444 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 23:53:57 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   -I.. flag for Makefiles when compiling
changed: in SpaceToJSON::PrintToken():
         slash doesn't have to be escaped when serializing to JSON



Revision 443 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 23:49:06 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: -I../../pikotools flag when compiling


Revision 442 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 15 23:48:06 2013 UTC (6 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: if EZC_USE_WINIX_LOGGER macro is defined then we add -I../../winix flag 
         for compiling


Revision 441 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 13 21:31:53 2013 UTC (6 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
removed: some warning messages generated by GCC from ttmathuint.h (Mul3Big3)

Revision 440 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 3 11:29:40 2013 UTC (6 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: some paths in the setup config file (for locale files)

Revision 439 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 7 05:13:08 2013 UTC (6 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
dummy commit (testing a new repository)


Revision 438 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 28 16:24:00 2012 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
corrected: the date in CHANGELOG (2012.12->2012.11)


Revision 437 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 28 16:20:23 2012 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.3 of the ttmath library 


Revision 436 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 28 16:19:05 2012 UTC (7 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   some pragmas for the clang compiler:
         #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
         to get rid off some warning messages
changed: changing version number to 0.9.3 release


Revision 435 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 30 13:07:38 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Big::FromDouble(double value) (32 bit version)
       buffer overflow in referencing to UInt<2>
       (instead of m.table[2] should be m.table[0])
       this was used when: E=0 and F is nonzero (double "unnormalized" values)
       it produced incorrect mantissa (on about 8th decimal digit up)


Revision 434 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 27 07:45:39 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in MemBuffer::MemBuffer(const MemBuffer<> & arg)
       we have to initialize some variables before calling the operator=


Revision 433 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 17 19:55:16 2012 UTC (7 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       bool HasValue(const wchar_t * name, const wchar_t * value);
       bool HasValue(const wchar_t * name, const std::wstring & value);
       bool HasValue(const std::wstring & name, const wchar_t * value);
       bool HasValue(const std::wstring & name, const std::wstring & value);
       useful when testing whether a value is in a list (or in simple table too)


Revision 432 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 25 16:50:01 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: in SpaceParser: now we do not parse special characters when reading commentaries
         so we can parse:
         # such a \n string
         beforehand this \n was treated as a new line character
         and the parser was returning syntax error when reading above 'string'


Revision 431 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 11 21:41:48 2012 UTC (7 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
some commentaries


Revision 430 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 25 10:27:20 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       std::wstring & FindAdd(const WTextStream & name);
       std::wstring & Add(const wchar_t * name,        const WTextStream & value);
       std::wstring & Add(const std::wstring & name,   const WTextStream & value);
       std::wstring & Add(const WTextStream & name,    const WTextStream & value);



Revision 429 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 15 22:53:24 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: rewritten the Serialize method in SpaceToJSON class


Revision 428 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 13 12:26:09 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
updated: SpaceToJSON (not finished yet)


Revision 427 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 12 15:01:15 2012 UTC (7 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: JSONToSpaceParser -- a parser for JSON format to Space structure
added: SpaceToJSON -- a serializer from Space structure to JSON (not finished yet)


Revision 426 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 10 16:53:26 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: some work in membuffer and textstreambase


Revision 425 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 3 14:58:18 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: convert (functions for converting) currently only int(long) -> string
added: textstream (an efficient memory stream for creating strings -- it's using MemBuffer)


Revision 424 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 2 20:27:31 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: some work in MemBuffer (copy cctor and assignment operator)

Revision 423 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 1 22:49:08 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: friend keyword should be used with a type name like 'class'

Revision 422 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 1 22:38:27 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: some work in MemBuffer

Revision 421 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 1 00:39:41 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: start working on MemBuffer (an efficient memory buffer)


Revision 420 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 30 23:24:09 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Generator: empty_stream() should be inited with its default cctor
       (an error when compiling with clang)


Revision 419 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 30 23:22:31 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile


Revision 418 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 26 23:20:59 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       const std::wstring * GetValue(const std::wstring & name) const;
       std::wstring & Add(const wchar_t * name,        size_t value);
       std::wstring & Add(const std::wstring & name,   size_t value);



Revision 417 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 22 23:35:16 2012 UTC (7 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: to Date:
       template<class Stream> void SerializeMonthDay(Stream & out) const;
       template<class Stream> void SerializeHourMin(Stream & out) const;



Revision 416 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 30 21:48:44 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: to Date:
       bool ParseMonthDayTime(const CStringType * str, const CStringType ** str_after = 0);
       parsing: MM:DD HH[:MM[:SS]]


Revision 415 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 27 23:50:10 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: Date::ToTm() now sets tm_wday too


Revision 414 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 26 22:38:18 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:
       Date(const char * str);
       Date(const wchar_t * str);
       Date(const std::string & str);
       Date(const std::wstring & str);
 
       Date & operator=(const char * str);
       Date & operator=(const wchar_t * str);
       Date & operator=(const std::string & str);
       Date & operator=(const std::wstring & str);

       void Swap(Date&);
removed:
       templates cctors and operators=
       it is better to have directly char*, wchar_t and string, wstring


Revision 413 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 24 19:24:37 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: two operators: Date::operator=(const CStringType)
       need 'return' statement

Revision 412 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 22 23:47:41 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: some methods for parsing from a string

Revision 411 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 13 21:49:06 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: Date::SerializeDay outputs the date in a form of YYYY-MM-DD (before was: YYYY.MM.DD)

Revision 410 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 18:20:39 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: in SpaceParser:
         white characters can be escaped by '\ ' and in such a case this is not a delimiter
         (when reading single token)

Revision 409 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 15:54:20 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Space serializer: we have to escape more characters
fixed: in SpaceParser::ReadTokenSingle
       the delimiter can be only if the character was not escaped

Revision 408 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 12 14:54:19 2012 UTC (7 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: now in SpaceParser 'split_single' and utf8 are default
removed: some errors checking at the end of a line
         now we can have in the same line: value="option" value2="option2"


Revision 407 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 10 21:16:19 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: SpaceParser -- parser's engine has been rewritten
         now we can map all strings to all strings
         documentation in space.h need to be updated yet

Revision 406 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 5 15:13:45 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
some cosmetic changes in date.h

Revision 405 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 5 15:08:04 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: Date structure -- represents year, month, day, hour, min, sec
       with O(1) algorithm for converting from time_t (seconds from Unix epoch)

Revision 404 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 30 22:54:37 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed Makefile dep

Revision 403 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 30 13:17:50 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: in space/spaceparser.cpp the correct include file (spaceparser.h now)

Revision 402 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 30 13:10:55 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: class name: ConfParser -> SpaceParser

Revision 401 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 30 12:38:20 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: directory name: confparser -> space

Revision 400 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 28 19:20:42 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
initial import of epsimgencode

Revision 399 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 11 20:24:15 2012 UTC (7 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       void RemoveSpace(const wchar_t * name);
       void RemoveSpace(const std::wstring & name);


Revision 398 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 30 04:24:52 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
changed: in Crypto::Crypt()
         MSVC compiler in debug mode reports accessing to vector[0] element (assertion)
         when the vector was empty
         (we took only a pointer without dereferencing)
         now we are using a dummy char object in such a case

Revision 397 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 12 20:31:17 2012 UTC (8 years ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       std::wstring & FindAdd(const wchar_t * name);
       std::wstring & FindAdd(const std::wstring & name);


Revision 396 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 8 13:54:21 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to crypto:
       bool Crypt(const std::string & in, std::string & out)
       bool Decrypt(const std::string & in, std::string & out)

Revision 395 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 6 13:17:25 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: Space::Remove(const wchar_t * name)
       Space::Remove(const std::wstring & name)

Revision 394 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 3 20:58:55 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: Generator: when making [if-index]
       [if-index] statement has to look for a last [for] statement on the stack
       (because the stack is for all items now)

Revision 393 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 27 17:39:46 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: in Generator:
         now we have a stack item for all statements [if...] [normal_fun] etc.
         previously was only for [for ...] statements
changed: FunInfo<> has a pointer to the current stack item
changed: now we have a static number of stack items (default: 300)
         so you can remember a pointer to a stack item and this pointer 
         is always valid

Revision 392 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 25 03:29:44 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to FunInfo<>:
       bool remove_fun_data
       fun_data is removed only when remove_fun_data is true (default)

Revision 391 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 24 12:04:36 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added:   FunInfo<>::fun_data
         now we have a pointer to FunData struct
         by default the pointer is null
         you can create an object of a class derived from FunData
         an set the pointer to the object
         those pointers will be kept on the [for] stack
         and will be auto removed
         (not finished yet -- need some testing)
added:   to FunInfo<>::
         bool is_if;
         bool is_is;
         bool is_normal;
         bool is_filter;
removed: from FunInfo<>:
         bool is_for_first_iter;
changed: in FunInfo<>:
         int iter -> size_t iter
         now it indicates the number of a current iteration for the [for] statement 
         for other statements than [for] this is always zero
         (the same old behaviour as before revision 331)
added:   in FunInfo<>:
         size_t last_iter
         it indicates the number of a previous [for] iteration
         for a [for] it returns not the current iterator but a value from a previous [for]


Revision 390 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 19 21:06:27 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: Makefile

Revision 389 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 19 21:04:11 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: dos \r\n to \n
fixed:   pages not always were sorted

Revision 388 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 19 20:42:35 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
initial import of indexsort

Revision 387 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 15 07:57:44 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: win32 macros

Revision 386 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 15 07:46:34 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: swprintf version for MS Visual

Revision 385 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 15 07:45:56 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
some workarond for MS Visual

Revision 384 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 14 20:34:37 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       void RemoveSpace(size_t child_index)

Revision 383 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 12 18:54:06 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: in Space:
         methods Add() return a reference to the inserted value now (std::wstring &)

Revision 382 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 10 00:32:22 2012 UTC (8 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       void Add(const wchar_t * name, bool value);
       void Add(const wchar_t * name, int value);
       void Add(const wchar_t * name, long value);


Revision 381 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 4 16:26:11 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added:  ttmath/ttmathdec.h
        starting work on a Decimal template type

Revision 380 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 17 22:57:06 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: two flags to FunInfo<> struct:
       // indicates that this function is from [for ...] statement
       bool is_for;

       // indicates that this function is from [for ...] statement
       // and this is a first iteration (iter=0 too)
       // this is only for convenience -- you don't have to check is_for and iter==0
       bool is_for_first_iter;


Revision 379 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 16 10:16:55 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: to Space:
       long Long(const wchar_t * name)
       for getting a long variable,
added: to Space:
       void Add(const wchar_t * name, long value)
       void Add(const wchar_t * name, const wchar_t * value)
       for inserting a variable,
added: to Space:
       Space & AddSpace(const wchar_t * name);
       for inserting a new space
added: to Space:
       Space * FindSpace(const wchar_t * name);
       to find a specified space
added: to Space:
       Space & FindAddSpace(const wchar_t * name);
       to find a specified space and if not exists
       automatically add a new one


Revision 378 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 03:20:01 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated Makefile

Revision 377 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:53:55 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moved files from tito/trunk to tito/trunk/src

Revision 376 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:52:16 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory tito/trunk/src

Revision 375 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:51:22 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moved tito/src into 'trunk'

Revision 374 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:46:16 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: namespace PT, global Makefile file

Revision 373 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:33:05 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
now tito is using 'pikotools' (utf8)

Revision 372 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 02:32:04 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
now ezc is using 'pikotools' (utf8)

Revision 371 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 00:24:08 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
importing confparser to pikotools

Revision 370 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 12 00:23:29 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory /pikotools/trunk/confparser

Revision 369 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:23:11 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
removing directory 'mainparser'

Revision 368 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:22:30 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moving mainparser to pikotools

Revision 367 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:15:36 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moving utf8.cpp from ezc to pikotools

Revision 366 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:15:20 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
moving utf8.h from ezc to pikotools

Revision 365 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:13:24 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.5 of EZC 

Revision 364 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:02:59 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory pikotools/trunk/utf8

Revision 363 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:02:02 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory pikotools/trunk

Revision 362 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 11 11:01:23 2012 UTC (8 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory pikotools

Revision 361 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 8 04:08:02 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
initial import of 'tito' library

Revision 360 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 6 12:05:10 2012 UTC (8 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: methods Begin() and End() to Functions<>
       we can iterate through the whole functions table

Revision 359 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 27 19:14:20 2011 UTC (8 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: size_t UTF8ToInt(const char * utf8, int & res, bool & correct)

Revision 358 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 15 02:09:40 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
deleted debug log

Revision 357 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 13 23:15:12 2011 UTC (8 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added some debug log

Revision 356 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 6 20:36:19 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
small changes in Makefile

Revision 355 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 4 00:13:16 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.9.3 release of the TTCalc program

Revision 354 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 4 00:12:11 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: the version of the program: 0.9.3 now

Revision 353 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 3 23:24:32 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way how the mouse selection works when you have clicked a button (sin/cos/..)
         now if there is no selection and the last character is an operator: + - / * % ^ (
         then the text is append at the end (instead of looking for beginning of the expression)
         this seems to be more comfortable

Revision 352 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 3 22:41:55 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: now ttcalc only once a three days checks for an update
fixed:   option: "parameters separated by" was not correctly read from the config file
added:   the setup program now addes language.setup key to the ttcalc.ini
         (it creates ttcalc.ini if it doesn't exist)
         so when ttcalc starts for the first time it can choose the same language


Revision 351 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 31 19:10:20 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: only those pair of kernings are added for whom characters in the file exists

Revision 350 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 30 20:14:43 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added MainParser::IsDoubleParam(const char * param)
for simplicity to use

Revision 349 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 30 20:08:27 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
initial import of kern -- an amf file kerning adder

Revision 348 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 30 17:05:16 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
initial import of MainParser -- a simple parser for parsing main() parameters

Revision 347 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 28 23:53:03 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: ttcalc didn't correctly delete variables/functions from its config file
       so when you restarted the program you still had the deleted variables/functions


Revision 346 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 28 22:43:35 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
updated:  Chinese translation
changed: release script now creates *.zip files instead of *.tar.gz

Revision 345 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 25 21:43:40 2011 UTC (8 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed to UTF-8: added support for UTF-16 when wchar_t is 2 bytes long

Revision 344 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 26 17:17:06 2011 UTC (8 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: [is...] statements use only the output string now (when comparing)
         previously they used FunInfo::res, now they use FunInfo::out
         and the out string is not put to the main output stream
added:   FunInfo<>::case_sensitive (default true)
         when false then [is] statement is comparing in case insensitive manner
changed: the out stream in [if...] [for] statements
         the output text is ingored now


Revision 343 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 7 20:36:25 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: the way how buttons on display tab work
         suppose we have "123+34+56" in the first edit, then select
         (bo mouse or a keyboard) "123+34" similar as you would like
         to copy them to the clipboard, then press a button let we say
         "sin" - the result is: "sin(123+34)+56"


Revision 342 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 27 18:13:32 2011 UTC (9 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: Big::FromString_ReadPartAfterComma()
         now we're reading the all part as integer and 
         at the end we're dividing it by (base ^ how_many_digits_there_were)

         it's faster and should be a little accurate in some cases


Revision 341 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 16:15:35 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: ttcalc can be start with option: createconfig, e.g.
       ./ttcalc createconfig
       it creates a config file in the current directory and exists
added: on variables and functions tab the carret is set at the end
       of a variable/function value (when edit)
changed: column 'parameters' on functions tab has been enlarged
changed: locales: "param." to "parameters" (english and german)


Revision 340 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 7 22:37:44 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: UInt::ToString() had O(n^2) complexity
         where n was the number of digits to print
         now it has O(n)


Revision 339 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 21:07:50 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added makerelease.sh
a shell script for making release packages


Revision 338 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 17:34:42 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: option 'group_digits' to Conv struct
       you can set how many digits should be grouped


Revision 337 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 17:30:10 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: on display tab: an option how many digits should be grouped


Revision 336 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 15:22:27 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: translation: "pad" to "calcpad"

Revision 335 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 15:01:57 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed Changelog and other docs

Revision 334 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 30 15:00:07 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: a new language: German
       translation made by: Moritz Beleites <morbel at gmx dot net>

Revision 333 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 26 12:42:49 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added filters:
 a new statement [filter]
 syntax:
 [filter funcion_name]....[end]
 everything which is between [filter] and [end] is processed normally and
 at the end it is passed to the function (function_name)
 FunInfo struct has 'in' input stream now


Revision 332 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 23 14:16:49 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the exception for if-index in pattern (when caching is used)

Revision 331 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 14 23:59:30 2011 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: now [for] statements with the same function can be nested
sample:
[for my_function]
 [for my_function]
   foo
 [end]
[end]

changed: FunInfo::iter has a value from the last [for] statement now
sample:
[for my_function]
 [other_function]
[end]

void other_function(Info &i)
{
// here i.iter is the number of iteration
// previously was always zero
}

changed: small optimization in [for]
the proper function is being looking for only once at the beginning
previously it was searched in each iteration


Revision 330 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 6 00:22:38 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Item::Item(const Item & i) should clear the item table

Revision 329 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 25 22:39:58 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: Pattern::CacheFunctions(Functions<StreamType> & fun)
       you can cache all functions (their addresses) in the pattern

changed: now we have two methods for generating content:
       Generator<>::Generate(StreamType & o, Pattern & p, Functions<StreamType> & f);
       similar like previous -- Set(...) methods were removed as well as the second ctor 

       and a second one:
       Generate(StreamType & o, Pattern & p);
       without functions, the functions should be cached beforehand in the pattern
       by calling CacheFunctions() method on the pattern
       this gives O(1) complexity when looking for a specific function
       previously was O(log n) 
       

Revision 328 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 25 01:55:32 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed in Generator<>:
StreamType
 we use method write where the content should not be escaped (html escaping)
 we use operator<< where the content can be escaped (such as error messages)

PrintSpecialText() and PrintNormalText() are a little faster now
we use 'write' for a whole text instead of printing each character


Revision 327 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 23 21:59:52 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   performance (memcpy used too often)
         in some places there were reserve() method used (on std::wstring/std::string objects)
         especially in AssignString() methods
         if we add a new string we should check the new size
         and only call reserve() if the new size will be greater than existing one
         (plus some constant)
added:   Functions<>::Size() method


Revision 326 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 22 01:23:32 2010 UTC (9 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   support for UTF-8 (files utf8.h utf8.cpp)
         they can be even used without the rest library
         as only a library for converting between wide characters and UTF-8
changed: everywhere we use std::wstring instead of std::string
changed: Generator and Functions are templates now
         they take a stream type
renamed: Info to FunInfo and it is a template too
         taking a stream type

now you can use other kind of streams with the library
previous was only std::ostringstream


Revision 325 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 14 23:21:16 2010 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: small improvements in UInt::Pow() and Big::Pow()

Revision 324 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 21:14:32 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: Parser::InitCGamma()
       initializing coefficients used when calculating the gamma (or factorial) function
       this speed up the next calculations
       you don't have to call this method explicitly
       these coefficients will be calculated when needed


Revision 323 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 22:53:55 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.9.2 release of the TTCalc program 

Revision 322 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 22:52:28 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:   blocks try{} catch(...) to first and second thread
changed: version of the program: 0.9.2 now


Revision 321 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 20:53:17 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.2 of the ttmath library 

Revision 320 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 20:52:20 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changing version number to 0.9.2 release

Revision 319 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 19:51:55 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added TTMATH_LOG to UInt::FromUInt(ulint n)

Revision 318 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 19:25:26 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Int::ToUInt(unsigned int & result)
       wrong carry was returned

Revision 317 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 18:56:55 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added some missing methods: ToUInt, ToInt, FromUInt, FromInt in Big<> class

Revision 316 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 22 19:43:12 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::ToDouble(double &) set always +INF (infinity)
       when the value was too large (even for negative values)
       (it should set -INF in such a case)
added: some missing methods for converting
       for UInt<>, Int<> and Big<> classes:
       uint ToUInt()
       sint ToInt()
       ToUInt(uint32_t &)
       ToInt(uint32_t &)
       ToInt(int32_t &)
       ToUInt(uint64_t &)
       ToInt(uint64_t &)
       ToInt(int64_t &)
       FromUInt(uint32_t &)
       FromInt(uint32_t &)
       FromInt(int32_t &)
       FromUInt(uint64_t &)
       FromInt(uint64_t &)
       FromInt(int64_t &)
       and appropriate constructors and operators
       *** version for 64 bit platforms are not tested yet ***
added: double Big::ToDouble() /there was only Big::ToDouble(double &) /
       uint Big::ToFloat(float &)
       float Big::ToFloat()


Revision 315 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 22:31:07 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: some missing methods: ::FromUInt ::FromInt 
       now ::FromInt can be used in place of ::FromUint
       sample:
       UInt<1> a;
       a.FromInt(10); // previous was only: a.FromUInt(10)
changed: std::string Big::ToString(uint base = 10) const
         std::wstring Big::ToWString(uint base = 10) const
         can take optional parameter (base)

Revision 314 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 15:52:48 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
removed: macro TTMATH_REFERENCE_ASSERT from all methods from public interface

Revision 313 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 21:58:51 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
in Big::ToString_CreateNewMantissaTryExponent():
ToString_BaseRound can be called only for non integer values


Revision 312 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 21:54:46 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::ToString method
       in some cases when in the output string the exponent should be equal zero
       the method changes the exponent to one so the last digit from the mantissa
       was lost
 
       sample:
       Big<1,1> a;
       a.info = 0;
       a.mantissa = 2147483649u; // (bin) 10000000000000000000000000000001
       // first and last bit in the mantissa is set
       a.exponent = 0;
       std::cout << a << std::endl;

       priovious result: 2147483640
       it was treated as 214748364e+1

       also the method has been a little improved



Revision 311 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 17:23:39 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:  on 32bit platforms:
        uint UInt::FromUInt(uint64_t n)
        uint Int::FromInt(int64_t n)
        void Big::FromUInt(uint64_t n)
        void Big::FromInt(int64_t n)        
        and appropriate constructors and operators
added:  TTMATH_FORCEASM macro
        asm version of the library is available by default only for:
        x86 and amd64 platforms and for Microsoft Visual and GCC compilers,
        but you can force using asm version (the same asm as for Microsoft Visual)
        by defining TTMATH_FORCEASM macro
        you have to be sure that your compiler accept such an asm format
                        

Revision 310 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 18 01:35:16 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:   Big::operator++()
         Big::operator++(int)
         Big::operator--()
         Big::operator--(int)
         Big::AddOne()
         Big::SubOne()
changed: Big::SetOne()
         a little faster now


Revision 309 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 15 20:43:21 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: TTMATH_DEBUG_LOG has generated different carry-flags in UInt<> (when TTMATH_NOASM was used)
fixed: some GCC warnings about uninitialized variables
added: macro TTMATH_BIG_DEFAULT_CLEAR
       when defined the default constructor from Big<> clears its mantissa and exponent
       Big<1, 2> var;
       var.mantissa and var.exponent will be set to zero
       (but var has the NaN flag set too - it is not zero value, this is mainly for debug purposes)
added: Big::SetZeroNan()
       this method sets NaN flag (Not a Number)
       also clears the mantissa and exponent (similarly as it would be a zero value)


Revision 308 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 15 12:19:09 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
updated italian translation and about dialog (portable version)

Revision 307 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 19:03:18 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
corrected the italian translation

Revision 306 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 16:45:31 2010 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:   Italian translation made by
         Damiano Monaco   <dmonax AnTispam gmail.com>
added:   menu: edit->swap (ctrl+W)
         swapping the input for the output edit


Revision 305 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 7 23:52:41 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added to Generator:
void RecognizeSpecialChars(bool spec);
  recognizing some special characters in text patterns (item_text in Patterns)
  \r will be a carriage return (13)
  \n will be a new line (10)
  \t will be a tabulator (9)
  \s will be a space
  \\ will be one '\'
  default: false

void TrimWhite(bool trim);
  trimming white characters (at the beginning and at the end of an item_text)
  (special char \s if enabled is not treated as a white character here)
  default: false 

void SkipNewLine(bool skip);
  skipping new line characters (from the whole string in an item_text)
  but you can use a new line character written as "\n" (if special chars are turn on)
  default: false
						       

Revision 304 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 18:21:58 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added:   bool UInt::IsOnlyTheHighestBitSet()
         bool UInt::IsOnlyTheLowestBitSet()
         returning true if only the highest/lowest bit is set
added:   uint Int::MulInt(sint ss2)       
added:   void UInt::Swap(UInt<value_size> & ss2)       
         void Big::Swap(UInt<value_size> & ss2)
         method for swapping this for an argument
changed: small optimization in Big::Sub()
changed: now asm version is available only on x86 and amd64
         (and only for GCC and MS VC compilers)
removed: macro TTMATH_RELEASE
         for debug version define TTMATH_DEBUG macro
         TTMATH_DEBUG is also automatically defined when DEBUG or _DEBUG is set


Revision 303 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 23:31:58 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::Add sometimes incorrectly rounded the last bit from mantissa
       (when exp_offset == mantissa_size_in_bits ) the rounding_up was always false

Revision 302 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 18:09:16 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::BigAnd() Big::BigOr() Big::BigXor() should have set NaN
       when the argument was negative (they only returned 2)
added: some missing operators 
       UInt::operator~()    /* bitwise neg  */
       UInt::operator&()    /* bitwise and  */
       UInt::operator&=()
       UInt::operator|()    /* bitwise or   */
       UInt::operator|=()
       UInt::operator^()    /* bitwise xor  */
       UInt::operator^=()
       Big::operator&()
       Big::operator&=()
       Big::operator|()
       Big::operator|=()
       Big::operator^()
       Big::operator^=()
       for Big<> we do not define bitwise neg


Revision 301 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 09:22:38 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed: recurrence calling in Big::FromString(const std::string &, uint, const wchar_t **, bool *) 
it should have the signature: Big::FromString(const std::string &, uint, const char **, bool *) 

Revision 300 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 23:22:55 2010 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
small refactoring: changed item_table to item_tab

Revision 299 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 2 18:47:19 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: testing file names
now it is allowed to use a slash (we can use directories)
only ".." is not allowed (you cannot go up in a directory structure)

Revision 298 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 23:07:00 2010 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed:
functions can have more than one parameter and the parameters can be used in [if...] statements too

sample:
[normal_function "par1" "par2" "par3"]
[if-one function "par1" "par2" "par3"]...[end]

each function can have its own parameters:
[if-one function1 "par1" "par2" "par3" function2 "par" "par2"]...[end]

changed:
[is] is now [if] (not exactly but very similar)
[is-no] is now [if-no] (the same)

[if] and [if-no] are taking one function (with or without arguments)
sample:
[if function]...[end]
[if function "par1"]...[end]
[if function "par1" "par2" "par3" "par4"]...[end]

[is] is taking two functions now and evaluates them to boolean value
(variables are also evaluated to boolean - if not empty that means true)

[is function1 function2]...[end]
[is variable1 variable2] either variable1 and variable2 are empty or both are not empty
(they don't have to be equal)[end]

added:
[if-any-no fun1 fun2 fun3] the three functions have to return false [end] 
[if-one-no fun1 fun2 fun3] one the the three functions have to return false [end]

removed:
extracting the unix directory from the file name (in patterns)
you have to call Pattern::Directory() method first to set directories


Revision 297 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 18:43:33 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
as a white character can be ascii 160 code (nonbreakable space)

Revision 296 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 14:40:44 2010 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: more servers to check (round-robin algorithm)

Revision 295 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 30 21:07:15 2010 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:   an optional string parameter to normal statement e.g. [function "parameter"]
         parameters to "for" statement  [for function "parameter"]
changed: in Info struct there is a "par" std::string reference now
changed: Info::result to Info::res
removed: Info::is

Revision 294 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 13:08:50 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added:   macro TTMATH_DONT_USE_WCHAR
         if defined then the library does not use wide characters
         (wchar_t, std::wstring, ...) this is a workaround for some compilers


Revision 293 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 17 17:05:00 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added into the repository: src/threadcontroller.cpp
this file was out of controll by subversion (I forgot to add it)

added: the update can only download files from urles which begin with:
 http://downloads.sourceforge.net/
 ftp://ttmath.org/
this is in the case of someone hacked the server with *.ini file


Revision 292 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 15 00:19:31 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: when Pattern::allow_include was false then nothing was read
added: ezc can use the logger from winix
added: we check how many [include] directive was called
       (if more than 100 then we break - supposing infinite loop)
added: in Pattern we read from two directories
       if a file is not in the first directory then we try to read
       from the other one



Revision 291 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 13 19:55:51 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: limits in generator

Revision 290 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 11 20:03:51 2010 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: directive [is-no ...]  negative to [is ...]

Revision 289 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 7 19:03:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.9.1 release of the TTCalc program 

Revision 288 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 7 19:02:11 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: version of the program: 0.9.1 now

Revision 287 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 7 18:18:23 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.1 of the ttmath library 

Revision 286 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 7 18:17:24 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: version of the library: 0.9.1 now

Revision 285 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 7 13:36:39 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: to samples: big2.cpp with TTMATH_BITS() macro

Revision 284 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 2 21:05:08 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
the half-to-even rounding was turned off (some 'return' statement left)

Revision 283 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 2 21:02:10 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
removed: from Big::ToString() the feature with calculating how many valid digits there are
         after the comma operator
         this was not correctly calculated - sometimes gives unexpected results,
         e.g. 0.5/2/2=0.125 (only one bit in the mantissa) gives 0.1 as the result
changed: cosmetic changes in Big::Add()



Revision 282 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 28 16:14:47 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: Pattern::Clear()

Revision 281 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 25 05:19:54 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: [is ...] command
struct Info doesn't have out_string now


Revision 280 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 12 16:07:29 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   the correct language of the menu on a pad window was not set properly
         when the program started
updated: chinese translation


Revision 279 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 11 11:52:49 2010 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
updated chinese translation

Revision 278 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 01:02:55 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: ttmath::Parser doesn't use SmallToZero() longer

Revision 277 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 6 00:54:01 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
removed: from parser: SetSmallToZero(bool zero)
         this was actually a bad feature

Revision 276 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 5 18:17:35 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
updated: chinese translation

Revision 275 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 3 01:10:37 2010 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: static sint UInt<value_size>::FindLowestBitInWord(uint x)
       (asm_vc_32, asm_gcc_32, no_asm, and intrinsic for vc64)


Revision 274 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 28 15:41:28 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Big::ToString_CreateNewMantissaAndExponent() changed the formula:
       new_exp_ = [log base (2^exponent)] + 1
       now the part '+ 1' is only made when the logarithm is positive and with fraction
       if the value is negative we can only skip the fraction, previously
       we lost some last digits from the new mantissa
       
       Consider this binary value (32 bit mantissa):
       (bin)1.0000000000000000000000000000011
       previously ToString() gave 1, now we have: 1.000000001


Revision 273 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 25 22:06:49 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed:  added in the parser: operator's associativity
        operator ^ (powering) is right-associative:
        sample: 2^3^4 is equal 2^(3^4) and it is: 2.41e+24
        previously was: 2^3^4 = (2^3)^4 = 4096


Revision 272 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 23 23:55:15 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
codes of functions are of type 'int' now

Revision 271 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 23 23:54:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
created structure of classes

Revision 270 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 23 00:43:07 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: functions: fun_cur_start, fun_cur_end

Revision 269 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 23 00:42:36 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
changed: Screen::ShowCur(int x, int y) to Screen::SetCur(int x, int y)
added:   Screen::ShowCur() - showing the cursor on the screen
         Screen::HideCur() - hidding the cursor
added:   to the frame: functions: fun_cur_start, fun_cur_end


Revision 268 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 21 00:30:58 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
start support for an unix console

Revision 267 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 21 00:27:19 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
start creating a unix console version of tt
added: main.cpp

Revision 266 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 20 12:55:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
initial import of tt - a text editor

Revision 265 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 19 23:10:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: support for wrap mode

Revision 264 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 14 15:54:23 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed: I have forgotten to remove rounding down from division (Big::div)

Revision 263 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 14 12:16:32 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added:   to Big::Add Big::Sub Big::Mul Big::Div
         second parameter 'bool round = true'
         the rounding is made if it is true
changed: in Big::ToString_CreateNewMantissaAndExponent()
         we should use dividing without rounding
         consider this 32 bit binary value:
         1.1111111111111111111111111111111
         previous the result from converting (to the base 10) was equal 2
         now is 1.999999
      


Revision 262 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 12 20:45:18 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
fixed:  Big::Add() should make the half-to-even rounding
        by analizing the old ss2 parameter,
        and when it does substraction too
added:  UInt::AreFirstBitsZero(uint bits)
        returning true if first bits are cleared

Revision 261 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 11 21:36:02 2009 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
initial import of ttframe

Revision 260 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 9 00:34:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: Patter::delete_all_white flag
       if true all text-items which have only white characters (with new lines as well)
       will be deleted
       this not actually delete the whole item but only the string
       the item will be present with an empty string
       default: false


Revision 259 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 6 23:18:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:  base rounding in Big::ToString
        if the result were integer we shoud not round the value
          3.0001 should be 3.0001 and
          2.9999 should be 2.9999


Revision 258 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 6 01:09:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   IEEE 754 half-to-even rounding (bankers' rounding) to the following
         floating point algorithms:
         Big::Add
         Big::Sub
         Big::Mul
         Big::Div


Revision 257 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 5 18:30:33 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   the pad window didn't take into account following options (from display tab):
         grouping, input commas and parameter separators
added:   some more info on update dialog (when the update is not available)

Revision 256 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 5 18:13:53 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   the parser didn't use characters for changing the base (# and &)
         those characters were skipped
         (this bug was introduced in 0.9.0)
added:   to Big::ToString() - additional rounding when conv.base_round is used
         if the value is not an integer we calculate how many valid digits there are
         after the comma operator (in conv.base radix) and then we skipped the rest
         digits, after skipping the base-rounding is made
         this helps to print values which have some last clear bits in the mantissa
         consider this 32 bit value:
         (binary)0.00011100001010001111010111000000000
         which has mantissa equal: (binary)11100001010001111010111000000000 (32 bits)
         previous the ToString() method gave: (decimal)0.10999999[...] 
         now we have: (decimal)0.11
added:   Parser::SetSmallToZero(bool zero) (default true)
         if true then the parser changes small values into zero
         small value means:
         - if the mantissa of the value consists only of one, two or three set bits
         - and these bits are next to each other
         - and the exponent is smaller than about 2 times the number of bits from the mantissa
         this helps to correctly calculate expressions such as: "0.80-3*0.34+0.22"
         now the parser gives zero (previous there was a value very closed to zero)
added:   UInt::FindLowestBit(uint & table_id, uint & index)
         /temporary version - asm version is missing /


Revision 255 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 2 11:38:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the parser didn't use characters for changing the base (# and &)
       those characters were skipped
       (this bug was introduced in 0.9.0)


Revision 254 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 15:11:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.9.0 release of the TTCalc program

Revision 253 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 15:10:26 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: small changes in help
changed: version of the program: 0.9.0 now

Revision 252 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 13:51:21 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.0 of the ttmath library 

Revision 251 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 13:49:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: version of the library: 0.9.0 now

Revision 250 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 12:57:06 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: UInt::operator>>(int)
       UInt::operator>>=(int)
       UInt::operator<<(int)
       UInt::operator<<=(int)


Revision 249 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 25 02:36:51 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   in command CopyBoth /WmCommand_EditCopyBoth()/
         after opening the clipboard the method EmptyClipboard() ought to be called
fixed:   some compiler warnings
changed: in command: (...) and 1/(...)
         if the input string is empty then the cursor is put between the brackets

Revision 248 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 24 20:39:36 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:  std::string  UInt::ToString(uint b = 10)
        std::wstring UInt::ToWString(uint b = 10)
        std::string  Int::ToString(uint b = 10)
        std::wstring Int::ToWString(uint b = 10)
        std::wstring Big::ToWString(const Conv & conv)
        std::wstring Big::ToWString()


Revision 247 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 24 20:15:46 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added:   const char * UInt::LibTypeStr()
         const char * Big::LibTypeStr()
         LibTypeCode UInt::LibType()
         LibTypeCode Big::LibType()
         returning a string/enum represents the currect type of the library
         we have following types:
             asm_vc_32   - with asm code designed for Microsoft Visual C++ (32 bits)
             asm_gcc_32  - with asm code designed for GCC (32 bits)
             asm_vc_64   - with asm for VC (64 bit)
             asm_gcc_64  - with asm for GCC (64 bit)
             no_asm_32   - pure C++ version (32 bit) - without any asm code
             no_asm_64   - pure C++ version (64 bit) - without any asm code
changed: another compilers than MS VC or GCC by default use no asm version (TTMATH_NOASM)


Revision 246 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 24 07:40:36 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
updated to the new ttmath api (Conf::comma_digits changed to Conf::round)

Revision 245 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 24 06:12:46 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Int::DivInt() should take parameters as 'sint' and not 'int'
       this has impact on 64 bit platforms
fixed: some warnings from Visual C++ (64 bit)

Revision 244 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 24 05:14:54 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
renamed: Conv::comma_digits to Conv::round
added:   bool Conv::base_round
         if 'base_round' is true and 'base' is different from 2, 4, 8, or 16
         and the result value is not an integer then we make an additional rounding
         (after converting the last digit from the result is skipped)
changed: in Big::ToString() some additional rounding (base_round) is now made only 
         when the value is not an integer

Revision 243 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 22 21:46:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: the program is testing for the update only once a day
updated: translations

Revision 242 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 14 17:02:57 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
updated Spanish and Danish translations

Revision 241 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 13 21:10:06 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
small changes in Makefile

Revision 240 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 11 15:27:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in WmCommand_EditCopyBoth() the was not a buffer size info set
updated: russian and spanish translations

Revision 239 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 9 17:43:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
small changes in display tab (resources)

Revision 238 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 9 17:42:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   Int::DivInt(int divisor, int * remainder)
changed: added specializations to Big::ToString() when the base is equal 4, 8 or 16
         the previous version was not accurate on some last digits (after the comma operator)
         consider this binary value (32 bit mantissa):
         base 2: 1.1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1110 101
         previous ToString() gave:
            base 4:  1.33333333333332
            base 8:  1.777777777
            base 16: 1.FFFFFF
         now we have:
            base 4:  1.3333333333333222
            base 8:  1.77777777724
            base 16: 1.FFFFFFEA


Revision 237 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 9 12:46:13 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: 'prerelease' testing to the update checker
updated: Russian translations

Revision 236 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 4 17:59:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: the program can check for an update at startup

Revision 235 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 3 21:00:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   language messages to all widgets
changed: about box:
         added names of translators
         new bitmap
added:   checkbox 'check update on startup' on Update dialog box
         (not implemented yet)


Revision 234 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 3 13:31:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   the clipboard didn't work well
         CopyBoth should not use GlobalFree() if SetClipboardData() succeeded
added:   menu edit: select all, bracket
changed: ctrl+c is equivalent to CopySpecial() now
         if there is a selection on an edit (and the edit has focus) it works as a normal copy
         but if there isn't any selections then it copies the result


Revision 233 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 2 23:22:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: accelerator: ctrl+0 for (...) command
added: accelerator: ctrl+R for 'copy both' command
added: accelerator: ctrl+a for the pad window (select all)
added: on menu 'edit': cut, copy, paste, delete, copy both, paste formula
       cut, copy, paste, delete work with a window which has the focus
       'copy both' copy the input and output edits
changed: 'paste formula' is the old 'paste' command 
       (pasting to the input edit)
changed: the input edit can have 20480 characters now (previous was 2048)



Revision 232 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 20:34:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: button sqrt() on the first tab
       (there was not a function to it)


Revision 231 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 20:26:01 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: algorithms in Big::Sqrt() and ttmath::Root(x ; n)
         they were not too much accurate for some integers
         e.g. Root(16;4) returned a value very closed to 2 (not exactly 2)


Revision 230 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 14:20:48 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to the parser: function frac() - remains fraction

Revision 229 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 13:41:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: Big::Sqrt()
       global algorithm ttmath::Sqrt() moved to Big::Sqrt()

Revision 228 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 13:26:19 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: UInt::Sqrt() - a new algorithm for calculating the square root

Revision 227 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 01:52:13 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: the main window has been enlarged
added:   there are some new buttons on the standard tab
         - (...) - the whole expression is surrounded by brackets
         - 1/(...)
         - ;
         - %
         - floor/ceil
         - min/max
         - root
         - gamma
added:   some options on display tab:
         - grouping
         - input decimal point
         - parameters separated by


Revision 226 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 1 01:40:40 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   struct: Conv
         consists of some parameters used
         in ToString() and FromString()
added:   Big::ToString() can group digits
         e.g. 1234567 -> 1`234`567
added:   Parser::SetGroup(int g)
         Parser::SetComma(int c, int c2 = 0)
         Parser::SetParamSep(int s)
added:   uint Big::ToString(std::string & result, const Conv & conv)
         uint Big::ToString(std::wstring & result, const Conv & conv)
         std::string Big::ToString(const Conv & conv) const
         std::string Big::ToString()
added:   uint FromString(const char * source, const Conv & conv, const char **, bool *)
         uint FromString(const wchar_t * source, const Conv & conv, const wchar_t **, bool *)
         uint FromString(const std::string & string, const Conv & conv, const wchar_t **, bool *)
         uint FromString(const std::wstring & string, const Conv & conv, const wchar_t **, bool *)
removed: macros: TTMATH_COMMA_CHARACTER_1 and TTMATH_COMMA_CHARACTER_2
         the comma characters we have in Conv struct now


Revision 225 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 26 20:55:03 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the program didn't use a correct path to the config and help file
       this was introduced by the update and open/save dialog on the pad window

Revision 224 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 25 16:42:41 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
updated: CHANGELOG and README

Revision 223 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 25 15:56:08 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.8.6 of the ttmath library 

Revision 222 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 25 15:55:15 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed version: 0.8.6 now

Revision 221 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 19 22:08:23 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: when 'C' button was pressed, the cursor was not put in the edit window
added: menu to the pad window
       options: open/save as,close,undo,cut,copy,paste,delete,select all
 --This line, and those below, will be ignored--

M    src/winmain.cpp
M    src/pad.cpp
M    src/programresources.h
M    src/resource.rc
M    src/tabs.cpp
M    src/resource.h
M    CHANGELOG

Revision 220 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 18 21:00:54 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: the algorithm for downloading didn't check whether a file
       was correctly received
added: ttcalc_update.ini
       this file is downloaded from a webserver
       it contains information about updating (version, file name, url)

Revision 219 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 18 18:59:21 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: some improvements in Update Dialog
changed: in setup config:
         PrivilegesRequired=admin
         it is better to use administrative privileges when doing an update
         (if an unprivileged user has installed TTCalc in a special folder before
         then he would not be able to install it now - and the default 
         directory in the setup would be other than previous one - this would be
         very misleading)

Revision 218 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 18 12:40:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: translations for ttmath::err_percent_from


Revision 217 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 18 12:37:14 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: to the parser: operator percentage
       e.g. 1000-50%=1000-(1000*0,5)=500


Revision 216 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 17 22:13:14 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: Checking for update dialog box

Revision 215 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 16 21:38:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: powering algorithm in:
       UInt::Pow(UInt<value_size> pow)
       Big::Pow(UInt<pow_size> pow)
       Big::PowUInt(Big<exp, man> pow)
       when 'pow' was sufficient large the algorithm returned carry
       but the result could have been calculated correctly


Revision 214 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 16 18:41:09 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: precision:
         Medium - 512 mantissa,  64  exponent
         Big    - 1024 mantissa, 128 exponent
changed: small changes in the pod window
changed: releases we compile with TTMATH_RELEASE flag


Revision 213 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 16 16:56:49 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: powering algorithm in:
       UInt::Pow(UInt<value_size> pow)
       Big::Pow(UInt<pow_size> pow)
       Big::PowUInt(Big<exp, man> pow)
       when 'pow' was sufficient large the algorithm returned carry
       but the result could have been calculated correctly


Revision 212 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 16 02:12:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: when the program starts the main window was not maximized correctly
       (when it should be maximized)
added: pad window is saving its position and size to the config file

Revision 211 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 15 01:40:13 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: buffer overflow in Big::ToInt(Int<int_size> & result)

Revision 210 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 15 01:34:13 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   buffer overflow in Big::ToInt(Int<int_size> & result)
changed: small optimization in ToInt(Int<int_size> & result)

Revision 209 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 13 22:44:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
I have forgotten to commit pad.h and pad.cpp files (pad window from the last commit)

Revision 208 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 13 22:41:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: Pad window - a multiline edit window
       files: pad.h pad.cpp

Revision 207 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 13 22:38:08 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: bool Parser::Calculated()
       this method returns true is something was calculated
       (at least one mathematical operator was used or a function or variable)


Revision 206 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 12 23:27:14 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
removed: Big::AboutEqualWithoutSign()
         it was broken (it lacks the case when either 'this' or 'ss2' is zero)

Revision 205 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 12 23:25:35 2009 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: Big::AboutEqual()
         it lacks the case when either 'this' or 'ss2' is zero

Revision 204 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 7 17:33:03 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
Some fixes from trunk:
fixed: UInt::SetBitInWord(uint & value, uint bit) set 1 if the bit was
       equal 1 (should be set 2)
       this affected only no-asm parts - when macro TTMATH_NOASM was defined
fixed: UInt<value_size>::MulInt(uint ss2)
       there was a buffer overflow when value_size was equal 1
fixed: UInt::AddVector() and UInt::SubVector() didn't want to compile
       when macro TTMATH_NOASM was defined
fixed: Big::operator>> didn't correctly recognize values in scientific mode (with 'e' character)
fixed: Int::FromString(const tt_string & s, uint b = 10)
       didn't use 'b' (always was '10')

Revision 203 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 3 01:10:08 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: UInt::SetBitInWord(uint & value, uint bit) set 1 if the bit was 
       equal 1 (should be set 2)
       this affected only no-asm parts - when macro TTMATH_NOASM was defined
fixed: UInt<value_size>::MulInt(uint ss2)
       there was a buffer overflow when value_size was equal 1
fixed: UInt::AddVector() and UInt::SubVector() didn't want to compile
       when macro TTMATH_NOASM was defined
added: macros:
       TTMATH_LOGC(msg, carry)
       TTMATH_VECTOR_LOG(msg, vector, len)
       TTMATH_VECTOR_LOGC(msg, carry, vector, len)
added: UInt::PrintVectorLog() for debugging purposes
changed: UInt<> class uses new log macros


Revision 202 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 20 20:41:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: if TTMATH_DEBUG_LOG is defined then TTMATH_USE_KARATSUBA_MULTIPLICATION_FROM_SIZE is always 3
         (regardless of the compiler)

Revision 201 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 20 20:10:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: small optimization in ttmath_subindexed_x64() 
         (asm for x86_64 on MS VC)
changed: removed some MS VC warnings
changed: if TTMATH_DEBUG_LOG is defined then UInt::UInt()
         constructor fills the table with special values
added:   macro: TTMATH_BITS(min_bits)
         which returns the number of machine words
         capable to hold min_bits bits

Revision 200 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 20 12:47:44 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: small changes in UInt::Div_CalculatingSize()
         some warnings were raported by GCC
         (uninitialized variable)

Revision 199 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 19 18:04:45 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.7 release of the TTCalc program 

Revision 198 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 17 23:18:11 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Factorial(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0)
       didn't want to compile
moved: UInt<>::SkipWhiteCharacters() to Misc::SkipWhiteCharacters()
       UInt<>::CharToDigit() to Misc::CharToDigit()
       UInt<>::DigitToChar() to Misc::DigitToChar()
removed: Parser::CharToDigit() - was duplicated (it's the same as Misc::CharToDigit())


Revision 197 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 16 17:51:26 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
merged from trunk: Swedish language, support for TTMath 0.9.0
changed version: 0.8.7 now

Revision 196 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 16 16:38:46 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added Swedish language to the installer

Revision 195 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 15 18:24:04 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: version: 0.9.0 prerelease now
changed: some changes in Swedish language (gui messages)
added:   gamma() function to documentation (*.chm)

Revision 194 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 13 19:29:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
small optimization in Parser::Parse(const wchar_t *)

Revision 193 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 13 19:16:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   Big::operator>> didn't correctly recognize values in scientific mode (with 'e' character)
added:   wide characters can be used simultaneously with ascii characters
         now we have two kind of methods: one for ascii characters and the other for wide characters
         e.g.
           void UInt::ToString(std::string & result)
           void UInt::ToString(std::wstring & result)
         previous was only one:
           void UInt::ToString(tt_string & result)
         and the 'tt_string' was a typedef to either std::string or std::wstring
         and it was a little misleading to a user (he has to know what the tt_string is)
added:   file: ttmathmisc.h some useful functions
changed: classes: ExceptionInfo, ReferenceError and RuntimeError are used only with ascii characters
removed: macros: TTMATH_USE_WCHAR,  TTMATH_TEXT()
removed: typedefs: tt_char, tt_string, tt_ostringstream, tt_ostream, tt_istream

Revision 192 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 11 23:55:44 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added: uint __fastcall ttmath_addvector_x64(const uint * ss1, const uint * ss2, uint ss1_size, uint ss2_size, uint * result);
       uint __fastcall ttmath_subvector_x64(const uint * ss1, const uint * ss2, uint ss1_size, uint ss2_size, uint * result);
       asm code for AddVector() and SubVector() for MS VC x86_64
changed: added prefixes "ttmath_" to all public procedures from ttmathuint_x86_64_msvc.asm

Revision 191 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 11 20:48:52 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
changed: removing some MS VC warnings when compiling x86_64 target

Revision 190 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 11 04:24:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
added:   flag TTMATH_BIG_ZERO to Big<> class
         if this flag is set then there is a value zero
added:   Big::ClearInfoBit(unsigned char)
         Big::SetInfoBit(unsigned char)
         Big::IsInfoBit(unsigned char)
         some methods for manipulating the info flags
changed: IsZero() is using TTMATH_BIG_ZERO flag
         now it has O(1) complexity
         previously was O(n)
changed: optimized some methods
         they are using IsZero() for testing at the beginning
         because this method is much faster now
changed: Big::Div(ss2)
         Big::Mod(ss2)
         they return 2 when ss2 is zero
         previously returned 1


Revision 189 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 10 16:28:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
fixed/optimized: Big::AboutEqual() didn't compile on GCC
         (there was used ttmath::Abs() function which is unknown in Big<> class)
         AboutEqual() returned true for: "2345.5" and "-2345.5" (the sign was not checked)
renamed: Big::AboutEqual() to Big::AboutEqualWithoutSign()
added:   Big::AboutEqual()


Revision 188 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 8 01:24:56 2009 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added:   new language: Swedish
         translation made by: Lars 'Bäfvert' Gäfvert <lars.gafvert at gmail dot com>


Revision 187 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 7 02:03:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
merged: x86_64 asm code for Microsoft Visual compiler
        file: ttmathuint_x86_64_msvc.asm from chk branch (original was: ttmathuint_x86_amd64_msvc.asm)
        (this file should be compiled first because MS VC doesn't support inline assembler in x86_64 mode) 


Revision 186 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 5 16:43:38 2009 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
merged: AboutEqual() from chk branch
deleted: properties svn:mime-type from ttmath.h
         (it was for testing viewvc)

Revision 185 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 24 05:08:13 2009 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
setting svn:mime-type to text/plain for ttmath.h

Revision 184 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 4 18:55:18 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added/fixed: special version of ToString_LogBase() method
             in single thread environment
             the previous version of the method didn't store
             the calculated logarithms

Revision 183 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 4 18:23:35 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added:  multithread support for Big<> class
        you should compile with TTMATH_MULTITHREADS
        and use TTMATH_MULTITHREADS_HELPER macro somewhere in your *.cpp file
        added file: ttmaththreads.h (look there for more info)


Revision 182 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 29 10:46:48 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by christiank
- update to current root trunc's version
- update to root trunc's UNICODE support
Revision 181 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 28 16:34:04 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by christiank
- fixed a bug in 64 bit ASM for MSVC
Revision 180 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 16 18:07:39 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
creating 0.8.x branch (from trunk)

Revision 179 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 16 18:06:28 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
creating directory branches

Revision 178 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 16 03:22:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
* added:   global Gamma() function
* added:   gamma() function to the parser
* added:   Big::IsInteger() method
           returns true if the value is integer
* added:   CGamma<ValueType> class
           is used with Gamma() and Factorial() in multithreaded environment
* changed: Factorial() is using the Gamma() function now
* removed: Parser<>::SetFactorialMax() method
           the factorial() is such a fast now that we don't need the method longer
* removed: ErrorCode::err_too_big_factorial


Revision 177 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 2 01:04:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: support for wide characters (wchar_t)
       wide characters are used when macro TTMATH_USE_WCHAR is defined
       this macro is defined automatically when there is macro UNICODE or _UNICODE defined
       some types have been changed
        char               -> tt_char
        std::string        -> tt_string
        std::ostringstream -> tt_ostringstream
        std::ostream       -> tt_ostream
        std::istream       -> tt_istream
       normally tt_char is equal char but when you are using wide characters then tt_char will be wchar_t (and so on)
       (all typedef's are in ttmathtypes.h)

Revision 176 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 30 19:20:19 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.6 release of the TTCalc program 

Revision 175 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 30 19:18:47 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: Russian language to the setup
changed: version of the program: 0.8.6 now

Revision 174 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 26 18:50:14 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: some corrections in russian language
         some widgets was a little changed in size 

Revision 173 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 26 15:24:27 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by christiank
- changed "AboutEqualWithoutSign()" to "AboutEqual()" because we need to take the sign into account!
Revision 172 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 26 11:14:51 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by christiank
- "streamlined" ttmathconfig.h a bit:
  a) Unicode support if TTMATH_USE_WCHAR is set (compiler must know wchar_t etc, of course)
  b) threading synchonisation uses WIN32 instead of __MSVC__ define, as this is OS dependent, not compiler dependent
Revision 171 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 25 14:11:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by christiank
- added AboutEqualWithoutSign() to big<> to allow 'suppression' of some unexpected results (that are perfectly logical though, given the possibly unrepresentable nature of binary representation of decimals) like 

big<>("10.456466") * 2 == big<>("20.912932")

resulting in FALSE result.
Revision 170 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 25 11:07:55 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by christiank
Merged against the current original ttmath trunk
Revision 169 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 25 04:54:48 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added: new language: Russian
       translation made by: Vladimir Gladilovich <vdgladilovich at gmail dot com>


Revision 168 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 18 12:05:17 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.5 release of the TTCalc program 

Revision 167 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 18 12:02:50 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: I've forgotten to add: menu_view_lang_chinese item in the chinese language
changed: version of the program: 0.8.5 now


Revision 166 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 16 20:28:52 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
creating 0.8.x branch of the ttmath library (copied from trunk)

Revision 165 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 16 18:38:21 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.8.5 of the ttmath library

Revision 164 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 16 18:33:20 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
updated changelog to previous commit

Revision 163 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 16 18:31:39 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Sqrt(), Root() and Factorial() didn't correctly treat the NaN flag
fixed: some methods should set 'err_improper_argument' when the argument is a NaN object
       (was: err_overflow)
changed: version of the library: 0.8.5 now


Revision 162 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 15 02:41:56 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: corrected the chinese translation
         (The translation was made by: Juis)
added:   chinese language to the installer

Revision 161 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 14 19:55:15 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: small optimization in Big::ExpSurrounding0() and Big::LnSurrounding1()
         the remainder from a division '%' was changed with a bitwise And operation '&'
         ((i % 5) == 0) was changed to: ((i & 3) == 0) - it means ((i % 4) == 0)
         now the test if performed after 4 iterations (early were after 5 iterations)
         we can do that when the divisor is a power of 2
changed: optimization in Factorial()
         we're testing WasStopSignal() only after a few iterations
         it's faster now about 4 times on GCC 4.3.3 (when stop object is provided to the factorial)

Revision 160 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 14 18:45:36 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: (performance) in Big::LnSurrounding1() and Big::ExpSurrounding0()
       we can copy 'old_value = *this' only when 'testing' is true

Revision 159 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 11 16:07:18 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
* added:   new language: Chinese
           translation made by: ... <zhushengyi2008 at 126 dot com>


Revision 158 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 11 15:03:22 2009 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::FromDouble() on a 32 bit platform:
       SetNaN() should be SetNan() /*compilation error*/

Revision 157 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 11 10:04:50 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
fixed: in Big::FromDouble(): SetNaN() should be SetNan();

Revision 156 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 11 02:31:41 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:   using NaN flag in method Big::ToDouble() and Big::FromDouble()
changed: some cosmetic changes to get rid of warnings generated by 
         MS Visual 2008 when warning level is 4
changed: names of labels in asm code: p to ttmath_loop, end to ttmath_end
         p2 to ttmath_loop2
         Robert Muir reported that there was a confict with boost::end

Revision 155 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 28 14:42:19 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
- 32 bit ASM code and ASSERTS did not work as the ASM code put its result in EAX, but the ASSERT afterwards did destroy the EAX's contents, of course.
Revision 154 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 28 11:52:31 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
- fixed a bug in ttmath.g (missing closing brace in Cos())
Revision 153 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 28 11:31:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
- optimizations
Revision 152 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 26 23:13:22 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added: to Big<> class: support for NaN flag (Not a Number)
       bool Big::IsNan() - returns true if the NaN flag is set
       void Big::SetNan() - sets the NaN flag
       The NaN flag is set by default after creating an object:
         Big<1, 2> a;    // NaN is set (it means the object has not a valid number)
         std::cout << a; // cout gives "NaN"
         a = 123;        // now NaN is not set
         std::cout << a; // cout gives "123"
       The NaN is set if there was a carry during calculations
         a.Mul(very_big_value); // a will have a NaN set
	   The NaN is set if an argument is NaN too
	     b.SetNan();
	     a.Add(b);  // a will have NaN because b has NaN too
       If you try to do something on a NaN object, the result is a NaN too
         a.SetNan();
         a.Add(2);  // a is still a NaN 
       The NaN is set if you use incorrect arguments
         a.Ln(-10); // a will have the NaN flag
       The only way to clear the NaN flag is to assign a correct value or other correct object
         supposing 'a' has NaN flag, to remove the flag you can either:
         a = 10;
         a.FromInt(30);
         a.SetOne(); 
         a.FromBig(other_object_without_nan);
         etc.
changed: renamed macro CONSTANTSGENERATOR to TTMATH_CONSTANTSGENERATOR


Revision 151 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 20 08:48:51 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
more optimizations for MSVC assembler (parallelism, prefetch optimization, loop alignment, ...)
Revision 150 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 19 10:50:41 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
current chk version - too many changes on both sides for now ;-(
Revision 149 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 17 00:04:42 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: a little changes in all asm code
         it should be a little faster

Revision 148 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 15 22:27:04 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
added:   uint UInt::Mul3(const UInt<value_size> & ss2)
         void UInt::Mul3Big(const UInt<value_size> & ss2, UInt<value_size*2> & result)
         a new multiplication algorithm: Karatsuba multiplication,
         on a vector UInt<100> with all items different from zero this algorithm is faster
         about 3 times than Mul2Big(), and on a vector UInt<1000> with all items different from
         zero this algorithm is faster more than 5 times than Mul2Big()
         (measured on 32bit platform with GCC 4.3.3 with -O3 and -DTTMATH_RELEASE)
added:   uint MulFastest(const UInt<value_size> & ss2)
         void MulFastestBig(const UInt<value_size> & ss2, UInt<value_size*2> & result)
         those methods are trying to select the fastest multiplication algorithm
changed: uint Mul(const UInt<value_size> & ss2, uint algorithm = 100)
         void MulBig(const UInt<value_size> & ss2, UInt<value_size*2> & result, uint algorithm = 100)
         those methods by default use MulFastest() and MulFastestBig()
changed: changed a little Mul2Big() to cooperate with Mul3Big()
changed: names of methods in macros TTMATH_LOG()
added:   uint AddVector(const uint * ss1, const uint * ss2, uint ss1_size, uint ss2_size, uint * result)
         uint SubVector(const uint * ss1, const uint * ss2, uint ss1_size, uint ss2_size, uint * result)
         three forms: asm x86, asm x86_64, no-asm
         those methods are used by the Karatsuba multiplication algorithm


Revision 147 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 15 14:42:43 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
- corrected 64 bit assembler code (ebx was not preserved)
- minor optimization
Revision 146 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 14 12:59:12 2009 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by christiank
MSVC ASM improvements (no register saves necessary, as this is done automatically by the C compiler)
Revision 145 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 11 12:30:05 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank

Revision 144 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 11 12:25:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
- merged Tomasz' version 0.8.5
Revision 143 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 11 01:50:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   Big::Mod(x) didn't correctly return a carry
         and the result was sometimes very big (even greater than x)
fixed:   global function Mod(x) didn't set an ErrorCode object
fixed:   global function Round() didn't test a carry
         now it sets ErrorCode object
changed: function Sin(x) to Sin(x, ErrorCode * err=0)
         when x was very big the function returns zero
         now it sets ErrorCode object to err_overflow
         and the result is undefined
         the same is to Cos() function
changed: PrepareSin(x) is using Big::Mod() now when reducing 2PI period
         should be a little accurate especially on a very big 'x'


Revision 142 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 9 01:34:45 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: corrected spaces in changelog

Revision 141 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 9 01:15:02 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.4 release of the TTCalc program

Revision 140 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 9 01:13:54 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: Danish language to the setup
changed: version of the program: 0.8.4

Revision 139 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 8 19:15:04 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.8.4 of the ttmath library

Revision 138 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 8 19:13:25 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: version of the library: 0.8.4

Revision 137 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 8 18:40:32 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: in ttmathtypes.h 
         'typedef unsigned long long int ulint' has been put inside '#ifdef TTMATH_NOASM'
         in order to not confuse a compiler while compiling with strict iso c++
         (errors about not defining 'long long' in the c++ standard)

Revision 136 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 8 18:14:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: UInt::AddInt() in no-asm code has incorrect assertion
changed: UInt::SubInt() in no-asm code is a little faster now
changed: small cosmetic changes in commentaries
deleted: some debug #ifdef's from UInt::Div() (in no-asm code)


Revision 135 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 7 11:37:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
added thread-safety to static history buffers (factorial and logarithm) for MSVC
Revision 134 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 7 09:33:57 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
- fulfills test file log diff (32 and 64 bit)
- macro for issuing the debug output to something else than std::out if specified

Revision 133 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 6 15:47:15 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
- minor changes for ASSERT macros
- some more "unification" of 32 and 64 bits in typedefs
- use of 'char' instead of 'unsigned char', as I may hope that 'char' usually is set to 'unsigned' in most development environments
Revision 132 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 6 15:11:29 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
- support for MS specific code (__int64 etc) and warnings
- support for AMD64 assembler (not thoroughly tested)
- support for UNICODE I/O (strings and streams)
Revision 131 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 6 13:24:00 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by christiank
dummy commit (user/password checking)

Revision 130 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 6 13:16:56 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
creating a chk branch for ChristianK

Revision 129 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 6 13:03:19 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
creating directory for branches

Revision 128 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 5 07:47:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed: deleted default values for variables in some methods (file ttmathuint_x86.h)
       (they should only be put in declaration)

Revision 127 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 5 07:20:10 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   the problem with GCC optimization on x86_64
         sometimes when using -O2 or -O3 GCC doesn't set correctly
         the stack pointer (actually the stack is used for other things)
         and you can't use instructions like push/pop in assembler code.
         All the asm code in x86_64 have been rewritten, now instructions
         push/pop are not used, other thing which have access to stack 
         (like "m" (mask) constraints in Rcl2 and Rcr2) have also gone away,
         now the library works well with -O2 and -O3 and the asm code
         is a little faster


Revision 126 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 4 20:51:12 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added:   ttmathuint_x86.h, ttmathuint_x86_64.h, ttmathuint_noasm.h, 
         all the methods which are using assembler code have been 
         rewritten to no-asm forms, now we have:
         1. asm for x86      file: ttmathuint_x86.h
         2. asm for x86_64   file: ttmathuint_x86_64.h
         3. no asm           file: ttmathuint_noasm.h
            (it's used when macro TTMATH_NOASM is defined)
            The third form can be used on x86 and x86_64 as well and
            on other platforms with a little effort.
            (Temporarily I left there some '#ifdef's for debugging.)


Revision 125 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 1 14:53:21 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added:   UInt::PrintLog(const char * msg, std::ostream & output)
         used for debugging purposes by macro TTMATH_LOG(msg)
         (it is used in nearly all methods in UInt class)
added:   macro TTMATH_DEBUG_LOG: when defined then TTMATH_LOG() 
         put some debug information (to std::cout)


Revision 124 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 30 22:59:06 2009 UTC (10 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
* added: new language: Danish
         translation made by: Rune Bisgaard Vammen <runebisgaard at gmail dot com>
* changed status to: 0.8.4 prerelease


Revision 123 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 6 19:23:47 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.3 release of the TTCalc program

Revision 122 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 6 19:22:26 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: version of the program: 0.8.3
updated: changelog

Revision 121 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 6 16:38:29 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.8.3 of TTMath library 

Revision 120 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 6 16:34:19 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: version of the library: 0.8.3 now

Revision 119 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 2 10:42:31 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: after setting compact view and then normal view the program restores
         the vertical size of the last used window

Revision 118 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 2 10:26:55 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
updated: help

Revision 117 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 2 05:21:49 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added: Objects::IsDefined(const std::string & name)
       returning true if such an object is defined

Revision 116 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 2 05:13:27 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: variables and functions are copied to the second thread only
         when they have been changed (performance)
         flags: variables_id and functions_id in ProgramResources
changed: you don't have to be an administrator to use the setup (installer)
         PrivilegesRequired=none in innosetup.iss
changed: small changes in Makefile(s) especially pathes
changed: upx 3.03 is used now (for the portable version)

Revision 115 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 1 02:31:38 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added: when the program exits new variables and functions are read from 
       the configuration file and then the file is saved 
       (if you have inserted some variables or functions in a different
       instance of TTCalc those variables or functions were previously
       skipped)

Revision 114 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 28 18:26:20 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
fixed:   calculating the size of the main window
         now it looks good on MS Vista and when a user changes size of some
         widgets such as a border, font size, etc.
added:   spanish language to the setup (installer)
added:   the setup will remove mingwm10.dll if it exists in the program directory
added:   on display tab: we can select 'deg' 'rad' or 'grad' for calculating
         in such functions: sin,cos,tan,cot,asin,acos,atan,acot
added:   macro TTCALC_CONVERT if not defined there will not be a convert tab
         (the convert tab is not finished)
added:   a new icon with following dimensions: '48x48' '32x32' '16x16'
removed: parameter for gcc: -mthreads
         with -mthreads it is possible (on windows) to release some kind of
         'destructors' belonging to a thread when the specific thread exists
         (it prevents some kind of memory leaks)
         in the TTCalc when the second thread exists then there is the end
         of the program and we can not use '-mthreads'
removed: file TODO (I didn't use the file)

Revision 113 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 28 17:40:36 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
fixed: the parser didn't correctly treat operators for changing the base
       (radix) -- operators '#' and '&', e.g.:
       '#sin(1)' was equal '0' -- there was a zero from '#' and then
       it was multipied by 'sin(1)'
       the parser didn't check whether Big::FromString() has actually
       read a proper value -- the method Big::FromString() didn't have
       something to report such a situation
fixed: Big::FromString() when the base is 10, the method reads the scientific
       part only if such a part it correctly supplied, e.g:
       '1234e10', '1234e+10', '1234e-5'
       previous '1234e' was treated as: '1234e0' (now parsing stops on 'e' and
       the 'e' can be parsed by other parsers, e.g. the mathematical
       parser -- now in the parser would be: '1234e' = '1234 * e' = '3354,3597...' )
added: to Int::FromString(): parameter 'const char ** after_source = 0'
       if exists it's pointing at the end of the parsed string
added: to UInt::FromString(), Int::FromString(), Big::FromString():
       parameter 'bool * value_read = 0' - (if exists) tells
       whether something has actually been read (at least one digit)
added: the parser checks itself for the operators for changing the base
       (operators '#' and '&')
changed: in the parser: the form with operators '#' and '&' is as follows:
       [-|+][#|&]numeric_value
       previous was: [-|+][#|&][-|+]numeric_value
removed: Big::FromString() this method doesn't longer recognize operators
       for changing the base ('#' and '&')
changed: in the parser: the short form of multiplication has the same
       priority as the normal multiplication, e.g.:
       '2x^3' = 2 * (x^3)
       previous the priority was greater than powering priority
       previous: '2x^3' = (2*x) ^ 3


Revision 112 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 27 22:35:41 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: doxygen.cfg changed lines ends: dos mode to unix mode (\r\n to \n)

Revision 111 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 27 22:31:54 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: updated CHANGELOG to previous commit

Revision 110 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 27 22:26:51 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
fixed: in function DegToRad(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0) it is better
       to make division first and then mutliplication -- the result is more
       accurate especially when x is: 90,180,270 or 360
added: global template functions in ttmath.h:
       ValueType GradToRad(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0)
       ValueType RadToGrad(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0)
       ValueType DegToGrad(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0)
       ValueType DegToGrad(const ValueType & d, const ValueType & m,
                           const ValueType & s, ErrorCode * err = 0)
       ValueType GradToDeg(const ValueType & x, ErrorCode * err = 0)
added: Parser::SetDegRadGrad(int angle) - 0 deg, 1 rad (default), 2 grad
       this affects following functions (in the parser only): sin, cos, tan, cot,
       asin, acos, atan, acot
added: functions to the parser: gradtorad(grad), radtograd(rad), degtograd(deg),
       degtograd(d,m,s), gradtodeg(grad)
removed: Big::Ln() and Big::Log() some old info was removed

Revision 109 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 25 02:01:42 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added: '#ifndef __GNUC__' to Big::Pow() where is using '#pragma warning'
       in order to not confuse GCC

Revision 108 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 25 01:12:00 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::Pow(const Big<exp, man> & pow)
       it's using PowInt() only when pow.exponent is in range (-man*TTMATH_BITS_PER_UINT; 0]
       previously the powering 'hung' on an input like this: "(1+ 1e-10000) ^ 10e100000000"
       (the was 10e100000000 iterations in PowInt())

Revision 107 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 24 21:10:17 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
changed: current info in CHANGELOG

Revision 106 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 24 20:34:33 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
fixed: template Big::FromBig(const Big<another_exp, another_man> & another)
       didn't correctly set the exponent (when the mantisses had different size -
       when 'man' was different from 'another_man')
       this had impact on operator= too
       sample:
       Big<2,3> a = 100;
       Big<3,5> b;
       b = a; // b had a wrong value

Revision 105 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 12 20:54:46 2009 UTC (11 years ago) by tomek
added:   'constgen' directory -- there is a program there to generate some constants used in ttmathbig.h
changed: the size of built-in variables (constants) in ttmathbig.h
         now they consist of 256 32bit words
         macro TTMATH_BUILTIN_VARIABLES_SIZE is equal: 256u on a 32bit platform and 128ul on a 64bit platform
added:   macro CONSTANTSGENERATOR which is useful for generating constants
         (it's used by 'gen' program in 'constgen' directory)
         after declaring this macro the methods: ExpSurrounding0() and LnSurrounding1() will be public visible
         and the inner loop can do more iterations than TTMATH_ARITHMETIC_MAX_LOOP
changed: in methods: ExpSurrounding0() and LnSurrounding1() - the way of comparising with the last word
         (now we're comparing not with the last state but with a state from a few words back)


Revision 104 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 11 19:05:13 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed:   there was a TTMATH_REREFENCE_ASSERT error in Big::PowUInt() caused by: start.Mul(start)
fixed:   Big::Add incorrectly rounded 'this' when both exponents were equal
         it caused that sometimes when adding a zero the result has changed
         this had impact among other things on FromString() method
         "0,8" had different binary representation from "0,80"
changed: renamed: Big::PowUInt(UInt<pow_size> pow) -> Big::Pow(UInt<pow_size> pow)
         it returns 2 when there is: 0^0
changed: renamed: Big::PowInt(Int<pow_size> pow) -> Big::Pow(Int<pow_size> pow)
         it returns 2 when there is: 0^0 or 0^(-something)
changed: renamed: Big::PowBUInt() -> PowUInt(), Big::PowBInt() -> Big::PowInt()
         they return 2 when the arguments are incorrect (like above)
changed: UInt::SetBitInWord(uint & value, uint bit) is taking the first argument by a reference now,
         the specific bit is set in the 'value' and the method returns the last state of the bit (zero or one)
added:   UInt::GetBit(uint bit_index) - returning the state of the specific bit
changed: UInt::SetBit(uint bit_index) - it's using TTMATH_ASSERT now
changed: Big::Mod2() - it's using mantissa.GetBit() now
added:   Big::operator=(double) and Big::Big(double)
added:   TTMATH_ASSERT somewhere in ttmathuint64.h
added:   UInt::Pow(UInt<value_size> pow) and Int::Pow(Int<value_size> pow)

Revision 103 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 7 22:54:42 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: small changes in: UInt:: RclMoveAllWords, UInt::RcrMoveAllWords, UInt::SetBitInWord(),
         UInt::FindLeadingBitInWord, UInt::SetBitInWord
fixed:   UInt::Div() didn't return a correct result when the divisor was equal 1
         there was an error in UInt::DivInt() - when the divisor was 1 it returned
         zero and the carry was set
         this error was from the beginning of the TTMath library

Revision 102 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 4 22:04:36 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: UInt::Rcr2_one used edx but there was not a push/pop instruction
       (it was in the intel syntax, edx changed to ecx)

Revision 101 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 3 20:41:00 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: UInt::Div3_Normalize - faster now

Revision 100 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 24 01:53:05 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
initial import of convertdir

Revision 99 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 24 01:50:25 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
creating directory /convertdir/trunk

Revision 98 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 24 01:49:35 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
creating directory /convertdir

Revision 97 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 17 11:37:12 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added:   macros TTMATH_ASSERT to: UInt::AddInt UInt::AddTwoInts UInt::SubInt UInt::SetBitInWord
fixed:   UInt::FindLeadingBitInWord(x) didn't correctly return result -1 when the x was 0
         the mistake made by Thomas Braby, it was not in the 0.8.2 release
changed: tests: we do not test for lahf/sahf instructions now (in 64bit code)
         we don't use these instructions


Revision 96 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 18:11:38 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: tests: addtwoints for 64bits

Revision 95 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 17:57:34 2009 UTC (11 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
changed: UInt::FromString(...) skips the input digits when the value is too big
added: tests: addtwoints (only 32bit)

Revision 94 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 23:18:54 2009 UTC (11 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: Pattern::allow_include flag (default true)
       if false there is no allowed [include ...] directive
       (this directive will be skipped)
added: Pattern::ParseString(const std::string & str);
       Pattern::ParseString(const char * str);
       can create the pattern from a string

Revision 93 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 30 01:21:30 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: src/Makefile and src/Makefile.dep
       the ezc.a library is built now

Revision 92 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 23 20:10:03 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.2 of EZC

Revision 91 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 23 20:08:11 2008 UTC (11 years, 3 months ago) by tomek
added: directive [if-no fun1 fun2 ...]
       if fun1 fun2 ... return false
       then the content is evaluated
changed: [if-one fun1 fun2 ...]
       when a function (from left to right) returns true 
       then the content is evaluated
       (previous all functions were called)

Revision 90 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 02:02:27 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.9.1 of EZC

Revision 89 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 01:59:39 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changing version info to: 0.9.1

Revision 88 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 01:46:10 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
changed: the interface in this version is not the same as previous
added: class Functions, you can define your own set of functions and then
       put them into the Generator
added: variables
       parser is able to parse the "def" directive:
       [def variable "value"]
       [def variable another_variable]
       [def variable another_function]
       variables are put into a Functions object
added: class Info has a reference to std::ostringstream (out)
added: limit for a "for" directive
       limit for the whole tree (when genereting)
       this is to protect for a case when someone makes an infinite loop
changed: many small changes

Revision 87 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 01:03:29 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
deleting cgi/ehtml and cgi
(cgi/ehtml is no longer continued, it was a very simply program)

Revision 86 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 00:56:56 2008 UTC (11 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
moving cgi/ezc into /

Revision 85 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 31 20:43:08 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed:  RclMoveAllWords() and RcrMoveAllWords() sometimes didn't return
        the proper carry, (when 'bits' was greater than or equal to 'value_size')
        this had impact on Rcl() and Rcr(), they also returned the wrong carry

Revision 84 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 30 23:38:24 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: UInt::Rcl2_one(c) and UInt::Rcr2_one(c)
       they are much faster than UInt::Rcl2(1,c) and Rcr2(1,c)
changed: UInt::Rcl() and UInt::Rcr()
       we don't longer make the things with moving a half in the left and a half in the right
       we simply use Rcl2_one() and Rcl2() /Rcr2_one() and Rcr2()/

Revision 83 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 29 21:54:27 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: asm code in: UInt::Sub, UInt::SubInt (32 and 64bit)
         (much faster now)
changed: asm code in: UInt::Rcl2, UInt::Rcr2 (32 and 64bit)
         previous versions of Rcl2 and Rcr2 had O(n2) complexity,
         now they have O(n) and are much faster
changed: now we do not use LAHF and SAHF instructions (both in 32 and 64 bit code)

Revision 82 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 25 20:05:51 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: asm code in UInt::Add, UInt::AddInt, AddTwoInts
         32 and 64 bits, much faster now
added:   tests for UInt::AddInt
fixed:   tests: test_lahf() returned incorrect value for 32bit platform

Revision 81 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 23 20:17:40 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added: test of the LAHF and SAHF instructions
       (on a 64bit platform)

Revision 80 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 22 18:56:04 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: 64bit asm code didn't want to compile
         there were used 'lahf' and 'sahf' instructions
         probably they are supported in a new version of GCC
         with '-msahf' option but GCC 4.2.1 has no such option
         at the moment I'm using opcodes:
            lahf -> 9f
            sahf -> 9e
         Warning! these instructions are not on all 64bit processors
         from: http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/i386-and-x86_002d64-Options.html
         "Early Intel CPUs with Intel 64 lacked LAHF and SAHF instructions supported
          by AMD64 until introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005."
changed: UInt::Add on 64bit platform
changed: UInt::Add on 32bit platform (a little)

Revision 79 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 17:42:41 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: UInt::FromString, added a parametr 'after_source'
         which is pointing at the end of the parsing string
added:   initial import of tests: testing UInt::Add method
         (not finished)

Revision 78 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 09:57:36 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
some optimisations made in assembler code by thomasbraby at zoom.co.uk
(not verified yet)
modified files: ttmathuint.h ttmathuint64.h
I've changed a little the intel syntax (it didn't want to compile)

Revision 77 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 13 04:17:57 2008 UTC (11 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:   bigtypes.h convert.h convert.cpp
changed: types used in the ParserManager are
         defined in bigtypes.h
changed: a new class Convert
         all variables and methods regarding 
         converting are thrown into Convert class
changed: Convert uses two values during converting
         (numerator and denominator)

Revision 76 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:35:52 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.1.1 version of connectiond

Revision 75 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:32:21 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
changed: time betweend test each server
changed: spaces into tabs in source code (cosmetic)

Revision 74 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:14:51 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.1.0 version of connectiond

Revision 73 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:14:24 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
creating directory tags

Revision 72 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:01:57 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
initial import of connectiond

Revision 71 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 23:00:13 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
creating directory connectiond/trunk

Revision 70 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 22:58:44 2008 UTC (11 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
creating directory connectiond

Revision 69 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 18 00:35:18 2008 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
tagging version 0.8.2 of TTMath library

Revision 68 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 18 00:33:05 2008 UTC (11 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
changed: small changes especially cosmetic in documentation (commentaries)
changed: version of the library: now 0.8.2

Revision 67 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 7 16:17:37 2008 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: info about Big::ToString()
         the changes which were made in revision 60 and 63
	 (I forgot to change the info there)

Revision 66 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 7 14:07:59 2008 UTC (11 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of using Big::SetSign()
         the method do not check whether there is a zero or not now
         (even if there's a zero the method can set a sign bit)
         I changed this due to some prior errors
         (errors corrected in revision 17, 49 and 58)
added:   in Big::MulInt() checking whether the values are zeros
         and if so the metdhod returns zero immediately
removed: file TODO (I didn't use it)


Revision 65 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 1 12:29:44 2008 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added:   new language: spanish
         translation made by Alejandro S. Valdezate
         alesanval at gmail dot com

Revision 64 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 12 08:52:21 2008 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added:   'remove trailing zeroes' option on 'display' tab
removed: 'cut off last non valid digits' on 'rounding' option
         on 'display' tab


Revision 63 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 12 08:46:09 2008 UTC (11 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: 'max_digit_after_comma' in Big::ToString()
         remove the -2 state
added:   'remove_trailing_zeroes' in Big::ToString()
         it's either true or false

Revision 62 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 23 23:51:53 2008 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed: variables and functions are case-sensitive now
added:   variables and functions can have underline characters
         in their names

Revision 61 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 23 23:45:42 2008 UTC (12 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: a short form of multiplication (without the '*' character)
       e.g. '5y', (it's used only if the second parameter
       is a variable or function)
changed: variables and functions are case-sensitive now
added: variables and functions can have underline characters
       in their names

Revision 60 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 9 20:07:45 2007 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: 'decimal_point' parameter into Big::ToString(...)
fixed: Big::operator>> didn't use TTMATH_COMMA_CHARACTER_2 macro

Revision 59 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 9 20:05:15 2007 UTC (12 years, 4 months ago) by tomek
added: 'decimal point' option on the display tab

Revision 58 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 9 13:28:36 2007 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
fixed: there was an error in Big::FromInt(Int<int_size> value)
	SetSign() was used before the object was initialized

Revision 57 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 4 21:56:55 2007 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: precision:
	small - the same as previous
	medium - 288 bits for the mantissa, 64 bits for the exponent
	big - 864 bits for the mantissa, 128 bits for the exponent 	
added:  list on the converting tab can be resized horizontally
added:  info in the info edit about units on the converting tab

Revision 56 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 4 21:56:04 2007 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
added:  Big::FromBig() and an operator= and a contructor
        for converting from another kind of a Big class
added:  to the parser: avg(), sum()

Revision 55 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 3 22:56:43 2007 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
changed: lists on the convertion tab can be resized now
added: conversion's list: lenght, area, time

Revision 54 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 29 21:42:34 2007 UTC (12 years, 5 months ago) by tomek
partial work on the convertion tab

Revision 53 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 18 20:08:47 2007 UTC (12 years, 6 months ago) by tomek
partial work on the convert tab

Revision 52 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 22 21:16:19 2007 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
partial work on the converting tab

Revision 51 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 20 10:44:37 2007 UTC (12 years, 7 months ago) by tomek
added: a conversion tab (gui only)

Revision 50 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 5 20:31:46 2007 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added:   when a user presses CTRL+C then the result will be
         copied into the clipboard (if the current control which 
         has a focus is not an edit control, or if it is an edit
         but has no selection)
added:   when a user presses CTRL+V then a text from the clipboard
         will be copied into the edit control (if a focus is not 
         on another edit control)
changed: Makefile: added rules: help, setup
         and more small changes,
         small changes in Makefileportable
changed: Makefile.dep
added:   Makefile.help.sh
         this script calls for Html Help Workshop
         and when there was an error returns 1
         and if success returns 0
         (HtmlHW returns conversely)

Revision 49 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 29 22:42:45 2007 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::FromDouble(double) sometimes sets a wrong value
       there was SetSign() used when the value was not
       defined, and also was a small mistake when the mantissa 
       was equal one word (on 32bit platforms)
added: uint Big::ToDouble(double&) - converting into double

Revision 48 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 23 21:29:27 2007 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: a method Big::FromDouble(double) for 64bit platforms

Revision 47 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 22 23:20:09 2007 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
added: method Big::FromDouble(double) which converts from
       standard double into a Big<> (only 32bit platforms)

Revision 46 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 22 14:15:44 2007 UTC (12 years, 8 months ago) by tomek
changed: the parser is allowed to recognize values which
         begin with a dot, e.g '.5' is treated as '0.5'

Revision 45 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 7 19:29:17 2007 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.2 release of the TTCalc program

Revision 44 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 1 18:23:27 2007 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added:  on the about box info about what is it the portable version
changed status: 0.8.2 version

Revision 43 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 24 20:11:14 2007 UTC (12 years, 9 months ago) by tomek
added:   the portable version of the program TTCalc
         (it uses *.ini config file from the same folder where
         is the executable file)
changed: Makefile
added:   Makefileportable, Makefile.dep
         Makefileportable uses TTCALC_PORTABLE macro to indicate
         that we're compiling the portable version of the TTCalc
         in portable mode we're compiling with -Os
changed: small changes in almost all files for using with
         TTCALC_PORTABLE macro
         in the portable version we have only one parser
         (as the parsers are leant on templates that
         the program will be smaller now)
changed: in the portable version the bitmap on the about dialog
         has gone away (it was 142kb)
added:   the portable version *.exe is packed by the UPX packer
         (http://upx.sourceforge.net/)
added:   help/bitwise_functions.html
         (I forgot to add it to the repository)

Revision 42 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 27 23:33:47 2007 UTC (12 years, 10 months ago) by tomek
changed: Int::FromInt(const Int<argument_size> & p), 
         Int::FromInt(sint value) (it returns zero now)
         Int::operator=(uint i)
         Int::Int(uint i)
added:   Int::FromUInt(const UInt<argument_size> & p),
         Int::FromUInt(uint value)
         and appropriate constructors and assignment 
         operators as well
changed: Big::FromInt(Int<int_size> value),
added:   Big::FromUInt(UInt<int_size> value),
         Big::operator=(const UInt<int_size> & value)
         Big::Big(const UInt<int_size> & value)

Revision 41 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 23 21:35:55 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: Uint::BitNot2() this method has been proposed by
       Arek <kmicicc AnTispam users.sourceforge.net>

Revision 40 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 17 14:14:32 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.1 release of the TTCalc

Revision 39 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 17 14:13:43 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.1 release of the TTMath library

Revision 38 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 17 13:42:19 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: the way of parsing operators in the mathematical parser
         (the parser is not too much greedy now)

Revision 37 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 17 13:41:38 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
changed: on win9x the configuration file is in
         "c:\windows\data application\ttcalc\" now
changed: the program uses the TTMath 0.8.1 now
added:   from TTMath 0.8.1:
         root(x, index), bitand(x,y), bitor(x,y), bitxor(x,y)
         /band(x,y), bor(x,y), bxor(x,y)/
         asinh(x), acosh(x), atanh(x), acoth(x) /atgh(x), actgh(x)/
changed: from TTMath 0.8.1: calculations are much faster now
         especially the factorial() function
changed: from TTMath 0.8.1: the way of parsing operators

Revision 36 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 13 18:14:11 2007 UTC (12 years, 11 months ago) by tomek
added: UInt::BitAnd(), UInt::BitOr(), UInt::BitXor(), UInt::BitNot(),
       Big::BitAnd(), Big::BitOr(), Big::BitXor()
added: to the parser: bitand(), bitor(), bitxor()
       /band(), bor(), bxor()/

Revision 35 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 12 17:17:22 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
changed: small changes in: Big::SetPi(), Big::Set05Pi(), Big::Set2Pi(),
         Big::ChangeSign()
added:   ASinh(), ACosh(), ATanh() /ATgh()/, ACoth() /ACtgh()/
         and to the parser as well

Revision 34 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 11 22:14:17 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: doxygen.cfg for generating a documentation from the doxygen
changed: UInt::Rcl(uint c=0) and UInt::Rcr(uint c=0) into
        UInt::Rcl2(uint bits, uint c) and UInt::Rcr2(uint bits, uint c)
        now they can move more than one bit and they are only private
fixed: UInt::Rcl(uint bits, uint c) and UInt::Rcr(uint bits, uint c)
       didn't correctly return a carry if the 'bits' were equal
       to 'value_size*TTMATH_BITS_PER_UINT'
changed: UInt::Rcl(uint bits, uint c) and UInt::Rcr(uint bits, uint c)
        into UInt::Rcl(uint bits, uint c=0) and
        UInt::Rcr(uint bits, uint c=0)
        they are faster now when the bits is greater than a half of
        the TTMATH_BITS_PER_UINT
changed: UInt::CompensationToLeft() it's faster now
changed: more small changes where there were UInt::Rcl(uint c=0) and
       UInt::Rcr(uint c=0) used

Revision 33 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 7 22:21:31 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: UInt::MulInt(int, UInt<int another_size>::&)
added: Big::MulUInt(uint)
changed: Big::MulInt(sint)
added: Big::ToUInt(uint &)
changed: Big::ToInt(sint&)
changed: Factorial() it uses Big::MulUInt() at the beginning
         (faster now especially more on a 32bit platform)

Revision 32 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 5 19:08:15 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
fixed: Big::PowFrac(..) didn't return a correct error code
       (when 'this' was negative)
added: Root(x; index) (and to the parser as well)
added: macro: TTMATH_PRERELEASE_VER (can be either zero or one)

Revision 31 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 5 19:07:37 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: macro: TTCALC_PRERELEASE_VER

Revision 30 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 2 00:24:08 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
tagging 0.8.0 release of TTCalc

Revision 29 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 2 00:23:41 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
creating a 'tags' directory

Revision 28 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 2 00:17:26 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: a user can change the names of variables or functions now
changed: the program uses TTMath 0.8.0 now
added: functions: from TTMath 0.8.0:        
       DegToDeg(deg, min, sec), DegToRad(deg), DegToRad(deg, min, sec),
       RadToDeg(rad), Ceil(x), Floor(x), Sqrt(x), Sinh(x), Cosh(x),
       Tanh(x) /Tgh(x)/, Coth(x) /Ctgh(x)/
added: a help
changed: from TTMath 0.8.0:
       renamed: CTan()  into Cot()  or Ctg()
       renamed: ACTan() into ACot() or ACtg()
       Factorial() has a history log now (it can remember last
       10 calculated values)
added: a directory 'help' with files of the help
added: a directory 'setup' with files needed to make an installer
       (we're using InnoSetup Compiler to make it)
fixed: the vertical size of the main window when a user uses a different size
       of the window caption (especially under the Windows XP Luna)
fixed: on Windows 9x: the program hung when a user clicks on a control 
       on the first tab (the procedure SetNextFocus(...) has been completely
       rewritten and the flag WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT on the tab dialogs has
       gone away)
fixed: when started navigating from the keyboard the program showed a wrong
       variable or a funtion in the edit dialog

Revision 27 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 28 22:42:31 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
tagging the 0.8.0 release of the TTMath library

Revision 26 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 28 22:36:38 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
creating a directory ttmath/tags

Revision 25 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 28 22:27:57 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: DegToDeg(deg, min, sec), DegToRad(deg), DegToRad(deg, min, sec),
       RadToDeg(rad), Ceil(x), Floor(x), Sqrt(x), Sinh(x), Cosh(x),
       Tanh(x) /Tgh(x)/, Coth(x) /Ctgh(x)/
changed: class Objects in ttmathobjects.h has been completely rewritten, we can
       change the names of user-defined variables or functions, and the names are 
       case-sensitive now
added: class History which is used in functions which take a lot of time
       during calculating e.g. Factorial(x)
added: Tg(x) a wrapper for Tan(x)
changed: CTan(x) is Cot(x) now
added: Ctg(x) a wrapper for Cot(x) 
added: ATg(x) a wrapper for ATan(x)
changed: ACTan(x) is ACot(x) now
added: ACtg(x) a wrapper for ACot(x)
added: UInt::PrintTable() (for debugging etc.)
changed: the methods Big::SetPi() Big::SetE() and Big::SetLn2() have been
       rewritten, now they have 128 32bit words (it's about 1232 valid
       decimal digits)
fixed: previous values from Big::SetPi() Big::SetE() and Big::SetLn2() were
       not too much accurate (last 2-3 words were wrong)
added: Big::SetLn10() (128 32bit words as well)
added: macro: TTMATH_BUILTIN_VARIABLES_SIZE which is equal 128u on 32bit
       platforms and 64ul on 64bit platforms (128/2=64)
added: macros: TTMATH_PLATFORM32 and TTMATH_PLATFORM64
changed: a small optimisation in UInt::Mul2Big()
added: at the end of ttmath.h: #include "ttmathparser.h"
       this is for convenience for a programmer, he can only use #include
       with ttmath.h even if he uses the parser
added: to samples: big.cpp, parser.cpp
fixed: constructor Big::Big(uint) - it was wrong because
       it was using the method Big::FromInt(sint) which could produce wrong
       values (if the 'uint' couldn't correctly be casted into the 'sint')
added: Big::FromUInt(uint)
changed: Big::FromInt(sint), Big::SetOne(), renamed Big::SetDotOne() into
       Big::Set05()
       (they are a little faster now)
added: Big::operator=(uint)
changed: in 64bit mode: constructor: Big::Big(int)
added: in 64bit mode: constructor: Big::Big(unsigned int),
       operators: Big::operator=(signed int) and Big::operator=(unsigned int)
       (these operators and the constructor take a 32bit value)
deleted: the word 'virtual' from destructors: UInt, Int, Big
       (types in this library are not projected to be base-classes for
       another ones derived from them)
changed: UInt::operator=(uint), UInt::UInt(uint), Int::operator=(sint), Int::Int(sint)
added: UInt::FromUInt(uint), UInt::operator=(sint), UInt::UInt(sint),
       Int::FromInt(sint), Int::operator=(uint), Int::Int(uint),
       Int::operator==(const Int<>&), Int::operator!=(const Int<>&)
added: in 64bit mode: UInt::operator=(unsigned int), UInt::UInt(unsigned int),
       UInt::operator=(signed int), UInt::UInt(signed int)
       (these operators and the constructors take a 32bit value)
added: in 64bit mode: Int::operator=(signed int), Int::Int(signed int),
       Int::operator=(unsigned int), Int::Int(unsigned int)
       (these operators and the constructors take a 32bit value)

Revision 24 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 21 16:01:50 2007 UTC (13 years ago) by tomek
added: into the parser: SetFactorialMax()

Revision 23 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 9 19:05:38 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: checking whether an user gives a correct value of a variable or function
       (user-defined variables/functions in the mathematical parser)
added: into the parser: logical operators: > < >= <= == != && ||
added: into the parser: logical functions: and() or() not() if()
changed: a method for looking for a mathematical operator
         (there's the operators table now)
added: ErrorCode::err_unknown_operator when the parser couldn't read an operator

Revision 22 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 9 19:04:14 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: the del key deletes a variable or function now
       (if the focus is on the list)
added: showing the error ErrorCode::err_unknown_operator

Revision 21 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 8 19:15:55 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: navigation from the keyboard
changed: the esc key selects the entire input text now (in the input edit)
added: a test when the program is being starded which checks if the coordinates of the
       main window actually pointing at the valid area (for example when someone took
       his configuration file into a new computer and the new computer has a smaller screen)
added: a button 'close' on the about dialog
changed: dialogs 'add a variable' and 'add a funtion'

Revision 20 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 2 20:29:27 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: the program shows some kind of errors itself
added: checking whether an user inserts a correct value of a variable or a function
added: a last column in the variables' and functions' list is resized into the whole space
fixed: some small artefacts on the bitmap in the about dialog

Revision 19 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 28 17:52:53 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
added: Big::Mod - the remainder from a division
added: Big::Sgn - the 'sign' from the value (-1,0,1)
added: global functions Mod and Sgn too

Revision 18 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 28 17:52:09 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: CalculationsProcedure - the 'main_window' must be set later (in the loop)
fixed: the program didn't save the current language into the configuration file
added: buttons Sgn, Mod
changed: now the 'error' button is active only when there's actually an error

Revision 17 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 27 20:18:33 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: removed 'const' from some methods (operators: += -= *= /=) in the Big class
fixed: bad sizes in tables in some 'Set...' methods in the Big class
fixed: Big::FromInt(Int<int_size> value) - the sign must be set at the end because SetSign
       checks whether there is zero and depends on it sets the sign or not
       (this was the stupid error which causes sometimes the errors 'overflow during printing')
fixed: Big::SetMin - the sign must be set at the and
changed: Big::Pow can use the reference now (the problem was actually with the Big::FromInt)
added: a namespace 'auxiliaryfunctions' (in ttmath.h)
added: ATan - arc tan, ACTan - arc ctan

Revision 16 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 24 18:59:05 2007 UTC (13 years, 1 month ago) by tomek
fixed: constraints in asm operands for gcc
added: UInt::SetFromTable for 64bit code (now the support for 64bit
       platforms seems to be completed)
added: asin - arc sin, acos - arc cos

Revision 15 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 8 17:56:35 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added: ErrorCode::err_still_calculating (it's used when there is more than one thread)

Revision 14 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 8 17:54:37 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed:   when the program was run as a maximalized window, the window was only resized horizontly
changed  input edit: can have 2048 characters now
fixed:   the focus (when using the tab key) didn't go from tabs into their controls
added:   a button 'err' which shows us where is an error (an incorrect character etc.)
changed: diplaying an error message is from the main thread now
added:   when the program calculates (for example the factorial) and an user clicks on the 'err' button
         then a 'calculating...' message will be printed

Revision 13 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 5 17:40:23 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added samples/uint.cpp samples/int.cpp samples/Makefile
changed Int::Div -- a remainder is not returning now but taking as a parameter (a pointer or reference)
changed order in parameters in UInt::AddTwoInts
added Int::AddInt
added Int::AddTwoInts
added Int::SubInt
changed Int::AddOne and Int::SubOne (much faster now)
fixed a bug in UInt::operator--() and Int::operator--() (there was adding instead of subtracting)

Revision 12 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 29 17:58:18 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
fixed the problem with a sign in the mathematical parser /-(1) was 1/
added UInt::AddInt and UInt::SubInt
changed UInt::AddOne and UInt::SubOne (much faster now)
added UInt::SetBitInWord
changed UInt::SetBit (much faster now)
UInt::AddTwoUints renamed to UInt::AddTwoInts
UInt::FindLeadingBit32 renamed to UInt::FindLeadingBitInWord
added UInt::SetBitInWord
UInt::Mul64 renamed to UInt::MulTwoWords
UInt::Div64 renamed to UInt::DivTwoWords
and more small changes in UInt type
start adding support for Amd64 (not finished yet) (added ttmathuint64.h)

Revision 11 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 27 14:17:22 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating the tag 0.9.0

Revision 10 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 27 14:16:00 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
creating directory 'tags'

Revision 9 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 27 13:52:18 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added Ezc::SplitUnixDirectory(...)
it's possible to give the path into the working directory in the Pattern::ParseFile(...) without using the Pattern::Directory(...)
added [#] (commentary)
[include] now can open a file only in a specific directory

Revision 8 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 26 20:05:21 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
initial import
Revision 7 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 26 19:29:36 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
completely rewritten
 * Ezc is now a namespace
 * added Ezc::Pattern
 * added Ezc::Generator
added [if-one]
fixed a problem with memory lack

Revision 6 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 25 21:42:54 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
Ezc::ReadFile has gone
Ezc::CreateTree takes a name of an input file
added [for ...]
added [if-index ...]
added [is ....]
added [include...] (not all finished)

Revision 5 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 25 08:25:40 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
added [for]
EzcInfo pushed into Ezc::
added info about a wrong directive

Revision 4 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 24 20:01:55 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
initial import
Revision 3 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 22 20:25:45 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
changed the sequence of arguments in logarithm functions
changed kind of templates in ttmath.h (template<class ValueType> is now)
added TTMATH_RELEASE macro
added TTMATH_ prefix into macros
changed multiplication in UInt type (now we can use both algorithm in the same time)
added ExceptionInfo, ReferenceError and RuntimeError classes
now TTMATH_ASSERT throws another type of object 
added TTMATH_REFERENCE_ASSERT (it is instead of MATHTT_THIS_ASSERT)


Revision 2 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 22 11:12:01 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
initial import
Revision 1 - Directory Listing
Added Sun Jan 21 20:02:44 2007 UTC (13 years, 2 months ago) by tomek
initial import